• 84000
  • The Collection
  • The Kangyur
  • Discourses
  • Perfection of Wisdom
  • Toh 11

This rendering does not include the entire published text

The full text is available to download as pdf at:
/translation/toh11.pdf

ཤེས་ཕྱིན་ཁྲི་པ།

The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines
Glossary

Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā
འཕགས་པ་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ་ཁྲི་པ་ཤེས་བྱ་བ་ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོའི་མདོ།
’phags pa shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo
The Noble Mahāyāna Sūtra “The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines”
Ārya­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahā­yāna­sūtra

Toh 11

Degé Kangyur, vol. 31 (shes phyin, khri pa, ga), folios 1.b–91.a, and vol. 32 (shes phyin, khri pa, nga), folios 92.b–397.a

ᴛʀᴀɴsʟᴀᴛᴇᴅ ɪɴᴛᴏ ᴛɪʙᴇᴛᴀɴ ʙʏ
  • Jinamitra
  • Prajñāvarman
  • Yeshé Dé

Imprint

84000 logo

Translated by the Padmakara Translation Group
under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha

First published 2018

Current version v 1.40.28 (2025)

Generated by 84000 Reading Room v2.26.1

84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha is a global non-profit initiative to translate all the Buddha’s words into modern languages, and to make them available to everyone.

Logo for the license

This work is provided under the protection of a Creative Commons CC BY-NC-ND (Attribution - Non-commercial - No-derivatives) 3.0 copyright. It may be copied or printed for fair use, but only with full attribution, and not for commercial advantage or personal compensation. For full details, see the Creative Commons license.

Options for downloading this publication

This print version was generated at 12.53pm on Tuesday, 21st January 2025 from the online version of the text available on that date. If some time has elapsed since then, this version may have been superseded, as most of 84000’s published translations undergo significant updates from time to time. For the latest online version, with bilingual display, interactive glossary entries and notes, and a variety of further download options, please see
https://84000.co/translation/toh11.


co.

Table of Contents

ti. Title
im. Imprint
co. Contents
s. Summary
ac. Acknowledgements
i. Introduction
+ 4 sections- 4 sections
· The Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā
· Structure of the Text
· Summary of the Text
· Notes on this publication
tr. The Translation
+ 33 chapters- 33 chapters
1. The Context
2. All Phenomena
3. Non-fixation
4. Union
5. Designation of a Bodhisattva
6. Training
7. Non-apprehension
8. Maturity
9. Teaching
10. Extrasensory Powers
11. Non-abiding
12. Meditative Stability
13. Like Space
14. Neither Coming nor Going
15. The Transcendent Perfection of Tolerance
16. Conceptual Notions
17. Advantages
18. Purity
19. Agents and Non-agents
20. Enlightened Attributes
21. Early Indications
22. Cultivation
23. Non-acceptance and Non-rejection
24. Initial Engagement
25. Skill in Means
26. Rejoicing
27. Full Attainment
28. Dissimilar Defining Characteristics
29. The Gift of the Sacred Doctrine
30. Inherent Existence
31. Irreversibility
32. The Attainment of Manifest Enlightenment
33. The Conclusion
c. Colophon
ab. Abbreviations
n. Notes
b. Bibliography
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Primary Sources
· Secondary References
+ 3 sections- 3 sections
· Sūtras
· Indic Commentaries
· Indigenous Tibetan Works
· Secondary Literature
g. Glossary

s.

Summary

s.­1

While dwelling at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha, the Buddha sets in motion the sūtras that are the most extensive of all‍—the sūtras on the Prajñā­pāramitā, or “Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom.” Committed to writing around the start of the first millennium, these sūtras were expanded and contracted in the centuries that followed, eventually amounting to twenty-three volumes in the Tibetan Kangyur. Among them, The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines is a compact and coherent restatement of the longer versions, uniquely extant in Tibetan translation, without specific commentaries, and rarely studied. While the structure generally follows that of the longer versions, chapters 1–2 conveniently summarize all three hundred and sixty-seven categories of phenomena, causal and fruitional attributes which the sūtra examines in the light of wisdom or discriminative awareness. Chapter 31 and the final chapter 33 conclude with an appraisal of irreversible bodhisattvas, the pitfalls of rejecting this teaching, and the blessings that accrue from committing it to writing.


ac.

Acknowledgements

ac.­1

Translated by the Padmakara Translation Group under the direction of Jigme Khyentse Rinpoche and Pema Wangyal Rinpoche. The text was translated, introduced, and annotated by Dr. Gyurme Dorje, and edited by Charles Hastings and John Canti with contributions from Greg Seton.

This translation has been completed under the patronage and supervision of 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.


ac.­2

Work on this text was made possible thanks to generous donations made by Dzongsar Jamyang Khyentse Rinpoche; respectfully and humbly offered by Judy Cole, William Tai, Jie Chi Tai and families; by Shi Jing and family; by Wang Kang Wei and Zhao Yun Qi and family; and by Matthew, Vivian, Ye Kong and family. They are all most gratefully acknowledged.


i.

Introduction

i.­1

The Tibetan Buddhist tradition classifies the discourses delivered by Buddha Śākyamuni in terms of the three turnings of the doctrinal wheel, promulgated at different places and times in the course of his life. Among them, the sūtras of the first turning expound the four noble truths, those of the second turning explain emptiness and the essenceless nature of all phenomena, while those of the third turning elaborate further distinctions between the three essenceless natures.1 The sūtras of the transcendent perfection of wisdom (prajñāpāramitā),2 to which the text translated here belongs, are firmly placed by their own assertion3 within the second turning, promulgated at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha.

The Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā

Structure of the Text

Summary of the Text

Notes on this publication


Text Body

The Translation
The Noble Mahāyāna Sūtra
The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Ten Thousand Lines

1.
Chapter 1

The Context

[V31] [F.1.b] [B1]


1.­1

Homage to all the buddhas and bodhisattvas!


1.­2

Thus did I hear at one time. The Blessed One19 was residing at Vulture Peak near Rāja­gṛha with a large monastic gathering comprising many thousands of fully ordained monks. All of them were arhats who had attained the cessation of contaminants and were without afflicted mental states, fully controlled, their minds thoroughly liberated, their wisdom well liberated, thoroughbreds, mighty nāgas, their tasks accomplished, their work completed, their burdens relinquished, their own objectives already fulfilled, the fetters binding them to the rebirth process completely severed, their minds thoroughly liberated through their genuine understanding, having perfected the highest of all mental faculties, with the exception of one person‍—the venerable Ānanda, a disciple who had merely entered the stream. Also present were some five hundred fully ordained nuns, laymen, and laywomen, all of whom had seen the truth. 20


2.
Chapter 2

All Phenomena

2.­1

Then, once again, the Blessed One addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra in the following words, “Śāradvatī­putra, if you ask what are the ‘ten powers of the tathāgatas,’ they are as follows: [F.12.a] (1) definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible;54 (2) definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible; (3) definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions; (4) definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions; (5) definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have; (6) definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not; (7) definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere; (8) definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorptions; (9) definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings; and (10) definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased, and so one can say, ‘My rebirths have come to an end. I have practiced chastity. I have fulfilled my duties. I will experience no other rebirths apart from this one.’55 Śāradvatī­putra, these are called the ten powers of the tathāgatas.


3.
Chapter 3

Non-fixation

3.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord, what is the fixation of a bodhisattva?”

The Blessed One replied, “Śāradvatī­putra, [F.19.b] fixation denotes the views that bodhisattvas might adopt with regard to all things, and the deluded mindsets which they might have.”

3.­2

Then he asked, “Lord, what views might great bodhisattva beings adopt with respect to all things?”


4.
Chapter 4

Union

4.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord, how do great bodhisattva beings engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom without fixation?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, when great bodhisattva beings engage in union with the emptiness of physical forms they are said to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom; and likewise, when they engage in union with the emptiness of feelings, the emptiness of perceptions, the emptiness of formative predispositions, and the emptiness of consciousness, they are said to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom.


5.
Chapter 5

Designation of a Bodhisattva

5.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When you say that great bodhisattva beings who continue to engage in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom deserve respect, then, Reverend Lord, what constitutes that phenomenon designated by the term ‘bodhisattva,’ that is to say, the one who at all times continues to engage inseparably in union with the transcendent perfection of wisdom? If one were to ask why, it is because I do not consider any phenomenon that may be designated by the term ‘bodhisattva.’”151


6.
Chapter 6

Training

6.­1

“Śāradvatī­putra, you said that you do not consider any phenomenon which may be designated by the term ‘bodhisattva.’ Indeed, Śāradvatī­putra, phenomena do not consider phenomena. Nor, Śāradvatī­putra, do phenomena consider the expanse of reality. The sensory element of sights does not consider the expanse of reality. Nor does the expanse of reality consider the sensory element of sights, and in the same way, the expanse of reality does not consider [any other sensory elements] up to and including the sensory element of consciousness. Nor does the sensory element of consciousness and so forth consider the expanse of reality.


7.
Chapter 7

Non-apprehension

7.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Who are the spiritual mentors who would enable great bodhisattva beings upon being accepted by a spiritual mentor to hear this teaching on the transcendent perfection of wisdom and not be afraid or terrified, and swiftly attain emancipation in omniscience, without ever descending to the levels of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas?”


8.
Chapter 8

Maturity

8.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do unskilled great bodhisattva beings descend to the level of the śrāvakas and the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and how do they not enter into the maturity of a bodhisattva? What is the immaturity of a bodhisattva? What is the maturity of a bodhisattva?”172

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, the immaturity of a bodhisattva manifests when great bodhisattva beings who have previously regressed descend to the level of the śrāvakas or the level of the pratyekabuddhas, and fail to enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas.” [F.76.a]


9.
Chapter 9

Teaching

9.­1

Then, the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! In what circumstances do great bodhisattva beings enter into the maturity of the bodhisattvas, and what is this vehicle of the bodhisattvas wherein emancipation is not attained through limited vehicles?”

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Śāradvatī­putra as follows: “Śāradvatī­putra, whenever great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of generosity, they do not practice their generosity for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. When they practice the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, they do not maintain their ethical discipline for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. It is the same when they practice the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, and the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration; and when they practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they do not cultivate wisdom for the sake of a limited number of sentient beings. Rather, when they practice the transcendent perfection of generosity, they practice their generosity for the sake of all sentient beings, [F.86.a] and so on in the same vein. When they practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they cultivate wisdom for the sake of all sentient beings.177


10.
Chapter 10

Extrasensory Powers

10.­1

Then, the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When it is said that they should don the great armor, what is the extent of the great armor that they should don?”

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings should don the armor of the transcendent perfection of generosity, and similarly, they should don the armor of the other transcendent perfections, up to and including the transcendent perfection of wisdom. They should don the armor of the applications of mindfulness, and don the armor of [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path. They should don the armor of the emptiness of internal phenomena, and don the armor of the other aspects of emptiness, up to and including the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. Similarly, they should don the armor of the ten powers of the tathāgatas, [F.98.a] and they should don the armor of the [other fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas. They should don the armor of [the attainments], up to and including omniscience. They should don the armor of the buddha body. Then they will illuminate the world system of the great trichiliocosm.


11.
Chapter 11

Non-abiding

11.­1

“Moreover, Su­bhūti, the great armor of great bodhisattva beings consists of the five refined eyes. What are these five, you may ask? They comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the sacred doctrine, and (5) the eye of the buddhas. These are called the five eyes.”

11.­2

The venerable Su­bhūti then asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! What is the refined eye of flesh, possessed by great bodhisattva beings?”


12.
Chapter 12

Meditative Stability

12.­1

[F.121.a] The venerable Su­bhūti then said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! If, when great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom, they engage unskillfully with physical forms, then they are merely engaging with mental images, and if they engage in the same manner with feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Also, if they engage with the notion that physical forms are permanent, or the notion that these are impermanent, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness are permanent, or that these are impermanent, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that physical forms are imbued with happiness, or that these are imbued with suffering, then they are merely engaging with mental images. Similarly, if they engage with the notion that feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness are imbued with happiness, or that these are imbued with suffering, then they are merely engaging with mental images.


13.
Chapter 13

Like Space

13.­1

The Blessed One addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, you asked where this vehicle will come to rest. In this regard, Su­bhūti, [F.134.b] the vehicle will not come to rest anywhere. If you ask why, it is because resting is non-apprehensible, and so all things do not come to rest. On the other hand, the vehicle will come to rest by way of its non-resting. Su­bhūti, just as the expanse of reality neither comes to rest, nor does it not come to rest, similarly, Su­bhūti, the vehicle does not come to rest, nor does it not come to rest. The same refrain should be extensively applied here, just as has been indicated in the context of the previous chapter.


14.
Chapter 14

Neither Coming nor Going

14.­1

The Blessed One then addressed the venerable Su­bhūti as follows: “Su­bhūti, you have said that this Great Vehicle neither comes nor goes, and nor does it stay. Su­bhūti, that is so! You have spoken correctly. Su­bhūti, in this supreme vehicle, the Great Vehicle, no coming is indeed discernible, nor are going and abiding discernible. If you ask why, Su­bhūti, it is because all things are unmoving; for that reason, they do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not even abide anywhere. If you ask why, Su­bhūti, it is because physical forms do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not abide anywhere. Similarly, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness also do not come from anywhere, they do not go anywhere, and they do not abide anywhere.


15.
Chapter 15

The Transcendent Perfection of Tolerance

15.­1

Then Śakra, mighty lord of the gods [of Trayas­triṃśa], and as many gods of the Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika realm as there are throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm, all congregated there, in that same assembly, along with their divine princes‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number. The divine princes of the Yāma realm, the divine princes of the Tuṣita realm, the divine princes of the Nirmāṇa­rata realm, and the divine princes of the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin realm throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm also congregated there, in that same assembly, as did all the gods presiding over the twelve Brahmā realms, as many as there are in the world systems of the great trichiliocosm, along with the [lesser gods of] the Brahmā realms‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number. All the gods presiding over the Pure Abodes, as many as there are throughout the world systems of the great trichiliocosm also congregated there, in that same assembly, along with the [lesser] gods of the Pure Abodes‍—ten million, one hundred billion, many hundred thousands in number.291 Yet the radiance of their bodies, originating through the ripening of the past actions of the gods of the Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika realm, and similarly, the radiance of their bodies originating through the ripening of the past actions of the gods of the Trayas­triṃśa, Yāma, Tuṣita, Nirmāṇa­rata, and Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin realms, and likewise that of the [other] gods, from those of the Brahmākāyika realm up to the Pure Abodes, did not approach even one hundredth part of the natural radiance of the Tathā­gata. They did not approach even a thousandth part of it. They did not approach one hundred thousandth part, nor one thousand billionth part of it. Nor did they approach it in any number, fraction, synonym, comparison, or quality. [F.156.b] The effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body was manifestly supreme alongside those radiances. It was manifestly perfect, supreme, abundant, unsurpassed, and unexcelled. Just as a burning tree stump neither shines, nor gleams, nor sparkles alongside the gold of the Jambu River, so the radiance of all the gods, originating through the ripening of their past actions, neither shone, nor gleamed, nor sparkled alongside the natural effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body. Indeed, alongside those radiances, the natural effulgence of the Tathā­gata’s body was best. It was perfect, supreme, abundant, unsurpassed, and unexcelled.


16.
Chapter 16

Conceptual Notions

16.­1

Then the divine princes thought, “How should we uphold the doctrine revealed by the Elder Su­bhūti?”

The venerable Su­bhūti, knowing the thoughts of those divine princes in his own mind, then addressed those divine princes as follows: “Divine princes! You should uphold [the view] that those who teach my sacred doctrine resemble a magical display, and that those who listen to my sacred doctrine also resemble a magical display. They will neither hear the sacred doctrine which I have taught, nor will they actualize it.”


17.
Chapter 17

Advantages

17.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom sheds light owing to its utter purity. Reverend Lord! I pay homage to the transcendent perfection of wisdom. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is unsullied by the three world systems. [F.174.b] Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom dispels the blindness of afflicted mental states and all false views. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom has precedence over all branches of enlightenment. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom secures happiness, distinct from all fears, enmity, and harmful [thoughts or deeds]. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom brings light to all sentient beings so that they might acquire the [five] eyes. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom demonstrates the path to those who are going astray so that they might abandon the two extremes. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is omniscience, so that all afflicted mental states and involuntary reincarnation through propensities might be abandoned. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is the mother of the bodhisattvas because it generates all the attributes of the buddhas. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is neither produced, nor does it disintegrate, because it is empty of intrinsic defining characteristics. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom abandons cyclic existences because it is neither an enduring state, nor is it perishable. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom offers protection to those who lack protection because it bestows all that is precious. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is endowed with the completely perfect [ten] powers305 because it cannot be crushed by any antagonists. Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom turns the wheel of the sacred doctrine, repeating it in the three times and in its twelve aspects,306 because it is neither subject to promulgation nor reversal. [F.175.a] Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom genuinely displays the essential nature of all things because it is the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. Reverend Lord! How can bodhisattvas, those who are on the vehicle of the bodhisattvas, those who are on the vehicle of the śrāvakas, or those who are on the vehicle of the pratyekabuddhas abide in the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


18.
Chapter 18

Purity

18.­1

Then the venerable Śāradvatī­putra asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Where did those great bodhisattva beings who aspire to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom pass away before coming into this [world]? For how long have they embarked on unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment? How many tathāgatas have they honored? How long have they practiced the transcendent perfection of generosity, and similarly, how long have they practiced the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, [F.188.a] the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, and the transcendent perfection of wisdom? Do they genuinely and methodically313 aspire to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


19.
Chapter 19

Agents and Non-agents

19.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! The transcendent perfection of wisdom is an agent that has no actions.”

The Blessed One replied, “This is because it is non-apprehensible as an agent, because it is non-apprehensible in terms of all phenomena, and so forth.”

19.­2

“Reverend Lord! How then should great bodhisattva beings practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom?”


20.
Chapter 20

Enlightened Attributes

20.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is the infinite transcendent perfection.”330

The Blessed One replied, “This is owing to the infinity of space!”

“Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection is sameness.”

The Blessed One replied, “This is owing to the sameness of all things!”

20.­2

“Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection is void.”


21.
Chapter 21

Early Indications

21.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is profound. Reverend Lord! This transcendent perfection of wisdom is established by means of great deeds. Accordingly, Reverend Lord, this transcendent perfection of wisdom is established by means of unappraisable deeds, innumerable deeds, and deeds that are equal to the unequaled.”


22.
Chapter 22

Cultivation

22.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Since beginner bodhisattvas wish to train in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, and similarly, since they wish to train in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, and the transcendent perfection of generosity, why should they rely on and venerate spiritual mentors who genuinely offer instruction in this transcendent perfection of wisdom, and who similarly offer instruction in the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, and the transcendent perfection of generosity, saying, [F.235.a] ‘Come, son of enlightened heritage or daughter of enlightened heritage! You should dedicate whatever gifts you have offered to all sentient beings, making common cause with all sentient beings and without apprehending anything, toward the attainment of unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment. You should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the transcendent perfection of generosity! You should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration, or the transcendent perfection of wisdom! Similarly, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the emptiness of internal phenomena, as the emptiness of external phenomena, as the emptiness of both external and internal phenomena, and [as the other aspects of emptiness], up to and including the emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities! Similarly, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as the applications of mindfulness, the correct exertions, the supports for miraculous ability, the faculties, the powers, the branches of enlightenment, and the paths! In the same vein as before, you should not misconstrue this unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment as [the fruitional attributes and attainments], up to and including omniscience.’?”


23.
Chapter 23

Non-acceptance and Non-rejection

23.­1

Then all the gods inhabiting the world system of desire and all the gods inhabiting the world system of form scattered divine sandalwood powders, incense, palm leaf powders, divine blue lotuses, night lotuses, and white lotuses toward the Lord Buddha. Coming into the presence of the Blessed One, they prostrated with their heads at his feet, and took their place to one side. Having taken their place to one side, those gods then said to the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! This profound transcendent perfection of wisdom is hard to realize, it cannot be scrutinized, it is not within the range of sophistry, and it may be known by the wise and by those who are skilled in investigating subtle quiescence. Reverend Lord, the enlightenment of the lord buddhas revealed in this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom is incompatible with all mundane [phenomena].


24.
Chapter 24

Initial Engagement

24.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! In what should great bodhisattva beings who seek emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment abide?”

The Blessed One replied to the venerable Su­bhūti, “Great bodhisattva beings who wish to attain emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment should abide in a state of equanimity with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate a state of equanimity with respect to all sentient beings, and having established this even-mindedness, they should offer benedictions and greetings to all sentient beings with a benevolent attitude. They should cultivate loving kindness with respect to all sentient beings. They should minimize pride with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate the notion that they are teaching all sentient beings. They should offer benedictions and greetings to all sentient beings with sweet and gentle words. They should cultivate an attitude that is free from enmity with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate an attitude that is free from harming with respect to all sentient beings. They should cultivate an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their parents, brothers, and sisters. They should cultivate an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their friends, peers, and kinsmen. They should offer benedictions and greetings with an attitude that regards all sentient beings as their parents, brothers, sisters, friends, peers, and kinsmen. They should also abstain from killing living creatures and they should encourage others to adhere to the genuine path by abstaining from killing living creatures. They should always praise abstention from the killing of living creatures. They should praise and rejoice in others who abstain from the killing of living creatures. [F.263.b] In the same vein as before, they themselves should abstain from wrong views, and so forth, and they should encourage others also to adhere to the genuine path by abstaining from wrong views. They should praise abstention from wrong views and they should praise and rejoice in others who abstain from wrong views. It is in this way, Su­bhūti, that great bodhisattva beings who seek to attain emancipation in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment should maintain these doctrines, and do so without apprehending anything.


25.
Chapter 25

Skill in Means

25.­1

Then [F.276.a] the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How should great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom investigate385 the meditative stability of emptiness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of emptiness? How should they investigate the meditative stability of signlessness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of signlessness? How should they investigate the meditative stability of aspirationlessness? How should they become absorbed in the meditative stability of aspirationlessness? How should they investigate the four applications of mindfulness? How should they cultivate the four applications of mindfulness? In the same vein, how should they investigate [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path? How should they cultivate [the other causal attributes], up to and including the noble eightfold path? How should they investigate the ten powers of the tathāgatas, the four assurances, the four kinds of exact knowledge, great loving kindness, great compassion, and the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas? How should they cultivate [those fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas?”


26.
Chapter 26

Rejoicing

26.­1

Then Śakra, mighty lord of the gods, thought, “If great bodhisattva beings surpass sentient beings while just practicing this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom, [F.287.b] what need one say when they have attained manifestly perfect buddhahood, the genuinely perfect enlightenment! If even those sentient beings whose minds are just introduced to omniscience find wealth, and if even those sentient beings sustain themselves through noble livelihoods, what need one say about those who have set their minds on the aspiration toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment! Those sentient beings who have set their minds on the aspiration toward unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment, and even those who have not yet done so, are to be envied when they always listen to this profound transcendent perfection of wisdom.”


27.
Chapter 27

Full Attainment

27.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings, after abiding in the transcendent perfection of generosity, acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline?”399

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, when great bodhisattva beings dispense their gifts, acquisitiveness does not arise. When they dispense their gifts, miserliness does not arise. Indeed, they dedicate those gifts toward omniscience, and they serve all sentient beings with physical acts of loving kindness. Similarly, they serve them with verbal acts of loving kindness, and with mental acts of loving kindness. At that time, great bodhisattva beings acquire the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline.”


28.
Chapter 28

Dissimilar Defining Characteristics

28.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! When all things are indivisible, signless, and empty of their own defining characteristics, how could the cultivation of the six transcendent perfections be fulfilled? How could they be differently designated? How could they be differentiated? Reverend Lord! When all things are gathered in the transcendent perfection of wisdom, how could the transcendent perfection of generosity exist? [F.311.b] Similarly, how could the transcendent perfection of ethical discipline, the transcendent perfection of tolerance, the transcendent perfection of perseverance, and the transcendent perfection of meditative concentration exist; in the same vein, how could [all other causal and fruitional attributes], up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas, exist? Reverend Lord! When all things are without defining characteristics, how could a single defining characteristic be designated?”404


29.
Chapter 29

The Gift of the Sacred Doctrine

29.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom attract sentient beings with the gift of the sacred doctrine?”

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, there are two ways in which great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom attract sentient beings with the gift of the sacred doctrine. Su­bhūti, these comprise the mundane and supramundane gifts of the sacred doctrine. If you ask what constitutes the mundane gift of the sacred doctrine, that which describes, explains, demonstrates, and analyzes mundane phenomena‍—describing, explaining, demonstrating, and analyzing the [earlier] chapters on repulsive phenomena, along with the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless absorptions, and the five extrasensory powers‍—is designated as the ‘mundane gift of the sacred doctrine.’ If you ask why this is mundane, it is called ‘mundane’ because it does not transcend the world.


30.
Chapter 30

Inherent Existence

30.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! How do great bodhisattva beings who practice the transcendent perfection of wisdom observe and study production and disintegration with respect to the five psycho-physical aggregates, while training in these three gateways to liberation?”

30.­2

The Blessed One replied, “Su­bhūti, great bodhisattva beings who train in the transcendent perfection of wisdom correctly perceive physical forms. They correctly perceive the real nature of physical forms‍—that physical forms neither arise from anywhere, nor do they cease anywhere. If you ask how they correctly perceive physical forms, they see that physical forms are utterly porous or utterly fallacious,423 just as a mass of foam is insubstantial. If you ask how they perceive the arising of physical forms, inasmuch as physical forms neither arise from anywhere, nor do they go anywhere, they correctly perceive the non-arising of physical forms from anywhere and their non-going to anywhere. So it is that they perceive the arising of physical forms.


31.
Chapter 31

Irreversibility

31.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Are great bodhisattva beings, who properly realize the defining characteristics of phenomena in this way, irreversible?”428

“Yes, they are, Su­bhūti!”

31.­2

“Reverend Lord! What are the attributes of the irreversible great bodhisattva beings? What are their indications? What are their signs? How should we properly understand the irreversible great bodhisattva beings?”


32.
Chapter 32

The Attainment of Manifest Enlightenment

32.­1

Then the venerable Su­bhūti asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! If irreversible great bodhisattva beings are endowed with such enlightened attributes, what are the aspects of the path on which they abide and through which they then swiftly attain manifestly perfect buddhahood in unsurpassed, genuinely perfect enlightenment? What is the enlightenment of the lord buddhas?”436


33.
Chapter 33

The Conclusion

33.­1

Then the venerable Ānanda asked the Blessed One, “Reverend Lord! Are there not some among the classes of sentient beings who do not develop faith in this exegesis of the profound transcendent perfection of wisdom, who are not motivated by joy, confidence, and higher aspiration, who do not make offerings to the assembly with body and mind, who even depart from this assembly, and, in addition, who have abandoned it and are abandoning it?”449


c.

Colophon

c.­1

This translation was edited and redacted by the Indian preceptors Jinamitra and Prajñāvarman, along with the editor-in-chief and translator Bandé Yeshé Dé.

ye dharmā hetuprabhavā hetun teṣāṃ tathāgato bhavat āha teṣāṃ ca yo nirodho evaṃ vādī mahāśramaṇaḥ [ye svāhā]

“Whatever events arise from a cause, the Tathā­gata has told the cause thereof, and the great virtuous ascetic has also taught their cessation.”


ab.

Abbreviations

ARIRIAB Annual Report of the International Research Institute of Advanced Buddhology. Tokyo: SOKA University.
ISMEO Rome: Istituto Italiano per il Medio ed Estremo Orient
KPD bka’ ’gyur dpe bsdur ma [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009.
LTWA Library of Tibetan Works and Archives, Dharamsala, H.P., India
SOR Serie Orientale Roma
TOK ’jam mgon kong sprul, The Treasury of Knowledge. English translations of shes bya kun khyab mdzod by the Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group in The Treasury of Knowledge series (TOK, Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion, 1995 to 2012); mentioned here are Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group 1995 (Book 1) and 1998 (Book 5); Ngawang Zangpo 2010 (Books 2, 3, and 4); Callahan 2007 (Book 6, Part 3); and Dorje 2012 (Book 6 Parts 1–2).
TPD bstan ’gyur dpe bsdur ma [Comparative edition of the Tengyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 120 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 1994–2008.

n.

Notes

n.­1
On the distinctions between the three promulgations, see Jamgon Kongtrul’s concise explanation in TOK Book 5, pp. 145–156. The three essenceless natures, comprising the imaginary, dependent, and consummate natures, which are not discussed in the present sūtra, are analyzed in A­saṅga’s Yoga­cāra­bhūmi, F.162. See also Jamgon Kongtrul’s presentation from the Indo-Tibetan perspective in TOK, Book 6, Pt. 2, pp. 563–574.
n.­2
See glossary entry “wisdom” regarding the translation of prajñā (shes rab) as “wisdom.”
n.­3
See 32.­59.
n.­4
The setting of the mind on enlightenment (bodhi­cittotpāda, byang chub sems bskyed pa) for the sake of all sentient beings, which marks the onset of the bodhisattva path and culminates in the actual attainment of buddhahood, distinguishes the compassionate bodhisattva path from that of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas who are both preoccupied with their own emancipation from cyclic existence. See Dayal (1932): 50–79, Williams (1989): 197–204, and Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 218–234. The śrāvakas are pious attendants who listen to the teachings that the buddhas taught by word of mouth, and place great emphasis on destroying the mistaken belief in personal identity by overcoming all afflicted mental states. In the course of determining their own emancipation from cyclic existence, they may achieve in succession the fruit of entering the stream to nirvāṇa, the fruit of being tied to only one more rebirth, the fruit of being no longer subject to rebirth, and the fruit of arhatship. By contrast, the pratyekabuddhas are hermit buddhas who pursue their path to individual enlightenment in solitude or in small groups, without relying on a teacher and without communicating their understanding to others. Following a natural predisposition for meditation through which they comprehend the twelve links of dependent origination in forward and reverse order, they are said to surpass the śrāvakas in the sense that they realize the emptiness of external phenomena, composed of atomic particles, in addition to realising the emptiness of personal identity. However, unlike bodhisattvas, they fail to realize that the internal phenomena of consciousness are also without inherent existence. Only the bodhisattvas resolve to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood or omniscience, in order to benefit all sentient beings.
n.­5
The sūtras themselves frequently allude to proponents of the Vinaya and to upholders of the lesser vehicles (śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas) who would have balked at their unrelenting deconstruction of phenomena and buddha attributes, and sought to oppose them. See, for example, 33.­13.
n.­6
References to the veneration and importance of the written word, embodied in these sūtras which are said to have primacy over all the twelve branches of scripture, may be found below. See 17.­1, 21.­2–21.­3, and 33.­69.
n.­7
This evidence is presented in Falk (2011): 13–23, and in Falk and Karashima (2012): 19–61. Earlier significant contributions to research on birch-bark Kharoṣṭhī manuscripts include Saloman (2000), Nasim Khan, M. and M. Sohail Khan, 2004 (2006): 9–15, and Strauch (2007–08).
n.­8
See glossary entry “Pāli Canon.”
n.­19
In this text, we have opted to translate the epithet bhagavat (bcom ldan ’das) as “the Blessed One” when it stands alone in the narrative, and as “Lord” when found in the terms “Reverend Lord” (bhadanta­bhagavat, btsun pa bcom ldan ’das) and “Lord Buddha” (bhagavanbuddha, sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das).
n.­20
A clear interpretation of the corresponding introductory paragraph in The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) can be found in Hari­bhadra’s Mirror Commentary on the Ornament of Clear Realization (Abhi­samayālaṃkārālokā). See Sparham (2006): I, 171–181.
n.­54
For various interpretations of this term, see Dayal (1932): 324, note 64.
n.­55
The listing of the ten powers of the tathāgatas is analyzed in Konow (1941), pp. 37–39, with reconstructed Sanskrit on pp. 105–106. The full explanation of these powers derives from the passage at 2.257–2.386 in The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147, also known as The Sūtra of Dhāraṇīśvara­rāja, Dhāraṇīśvara­rāja­sūtra), in which the ten powers are described as the first ten of thirty-two actions of a tathāgata. Cf. also Dayal (1932): 20; and Sparham (2012 IV): 80.
n.­151
This passage occurs in Dutt (1934): 99; also Conze (1975): 90, where the interlocutor is Su­bhūti rather than Śāradvatī­putra.
n.­172
Cf. Dutt (1934): 119, and also Conze (1975): 95 and Sparham (2006 I): 56, where the ensuing dialogue takes place between Su­bhūti and Śāradvatī­putra.
n.­177
Cf. Dutt (1934): 175: also Conze (1975): 128; where this comment is attributed to Pūrṇa.
n.­291
See glossary entry “Pure Abodes.”
n.­305
See Kimura II–III: 143.
n.­306
The twelve aspects pertain to the four noble truths‍—suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering and the path that lead to the cessation of suffering. The twelve aspects are specifically identified as follows: suffering is this, it can be diagnosed, it has been diagnosed; the origin of suffering is this, it can be abandoned, it has been abandoned; the cessation of suffering is this, it can be verified, it has been verified; the path leading to the cessation of suffering is this, it can be cultivated, and it has been cultivated. The three times at which the wheel of the sacred doctrine is turned denote the past, present, and future.
n.­313
The phrase “genuinely and methodically” renders don dang tshul las or artha­taś ca naya­taś ca, as found in Kimura II–III: 149.
n.­330
This marks the start of the fourth section of the sūtra, concerning the training in clear realization of all the aforementioned phenomena, meditative experiences, and attributes. While the Tibetan text reads mtha’ yas pa (“infinite”), Kimura IV: 1 reads asat (“non-existent”). Cf. Conze (1975): 312.
n.­385
Kimura IV: 192 reads pari­jaya kartavyaḥ, which Conze (1975): 424, renders as “make a complete conquest of.”
n.­399
In the paragraphs that follow there are considerable discrepancies between our text and the readings in Kimura V: 83ff.
n.­404
This chapter marks the start of the sixth section of the sūtra, concerning training in serial clear realization with respect to the six transcendent perfections and the six recollections.
n.­423
See Kimura VI–VIII: 80, line 13. The Tibetan shin tu gsong ldong could also be interpreted to mean “utterly perforated.” Cf. Conze (1975): 594, “full of holes.”
n.­428
At this point our text reverts to a passage, which the recast Sanskrit manuscript (edited in Kimura) would place in the fourth section of the sūtra, concerning the training in clear realization. The reason for its inclusion here is that it elaborates on the nature of irreversible bodhisattvas.
n.­436
This chapter marks the final section of the sūtra, concerning the fruitional attributes of buddha body.
n.­449
The conclusion to the sūtra highlights the admonishments concerning its future transmission and the respect it should be awarded. The corresponding text in the recast Sanskrit manuscript is found in Kimura II–III, but for this initial linking paragraph which is missing in Kimura II–III: 150 and in Conze (1975): 288.

b.

Bibliography

Primary Sources

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo, Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahāyāna­sūtra. Toh 11, Degé Kangyur, vols. 31–32 (shes phyin, ga), ff. 1b–91a; and nga, ff. 92b–397a.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri pa zhes bya ba theg pa chen po’i mdo, Daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­nāma­mahā­yāna­sūtra. bka’ ’gyur (dpe bsdur ma) [Comparative Edition of the Kangyur], krung go’i bod rig pa zhib ’jug ste gnas kyi bka’ bstan dpe sdur khang (The Tibetan Tripitaka Collation Bureau of the China Tibetology Research Center). 108 volumes. Beijing: krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang (China Tibetology Publishing House), 2006–2009, vol. 31, pp. 530–763 and vol. 32, pp. 3–763.

Dutt, Nalinaksha. Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñā­pāramitā, edition of the recast Sanskrit manuscript (Part One). Calcutta Oriental Series, No. 28. London: Luzac & Co., 1934.

Kimura, Takayasu. Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā Prajñā­pāramitā, edition of the recast Sanskrit manuscript (Parts One–Eight). Part One (2007), Parts Two–Three (1986), Part Four (1990), Part Five (1992), and Parts Six–Eight (2006). Tokyo: Sankibo Busshorin Publishing Co. Ltd., 1986–2007.

Secondary References

Sūtras

klu’i rgyal po rgya mtshos zhus pa’i mdo (Sāgara­nāga­rāja­paripṛcchā­sūtra) [The Questions of Nāga King Sāgara (1)]. Toh 153. Degé Kangyur vol. 58 (mdo sde, pha, fol. 116a–198a); also KPD 58: 303–491. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2021).

dkon mchog sprin gyi mdo (Ratna­megha­sūtra) [The Jewel Cloud]. Toh 231. Degé Kangyur vol. 64 (mdo sde, va, fol. 1b–112b); also KPD 64: 3–313. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2019).

dkon brtsegs/ dkon mchog brtsegs pa’i mdo (Ratna­kūṭa). The “Heap of Jewels” section of the Kangyur comprising Toh 45–93, Degé Kangyur vols. 39–44. Also KPD: 39–44.

rgya cher rol pa (Lalita­vistara­sūtra) [The Play in Full]. Toh 95, Degé Kangyur vol. 46 (mdo sde, kha, fol. 1b–216b); also KPD 46: 3–527. English translation in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2013).

chos yang dag par sdud pa’i mdo (Dharma­saṃgīti­sūtra). Toh 238, Degé Kangyur vol. 65 (mdo sde, zha, fol. 1b–99b); also KPD 65: 3–250. English translation in Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York (2024).

de bzhin gshegs pa’i snying rje chen po nges par bstan pa’i mdo (Tathā­gata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra) [The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata]. Toh 147, Degé Kangyur, vol. 57 (mdo sde, pa, fol. 142a–242b); also KPD 57: 377–636. English translation in Burchardi (2020).

phal po che’i mdo (sangs rgyas phal po che shin tu rgyas pa chen po’i mdo) (Ava­taṃsaka­sūtra Buddhāva­taṃsaka­mahā­vaipulya­sūtra) [The Ornaments of the Buddhas]. Toh 44, Degé Kangyur vols. 35–38 (phal chen, vols. ka– a); also KPD 35–38. Translated Cleary (1984).

tshangs pa’i dra ba’i mdo (Brahma­jāla­sūtra) [Sūtra of the Net of Brahmā]. Toh 352, Degé Kangyur vol. 76 (mdo sde, aḥ), fol. 70b–86a; also KPD76: 205–249. Translated from the Pali version in Bodhi (1978).

gzungs kyi dbang phyug rgyal po’i mdo (Dhāraṇīśvara­rāje­sūtra) [Sūtra of Dhāraṇīśvararāja]. An alternative title for Tathā­gata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa­sūtra. Toh 147, q.v. English translation in Burchardi (2020).

theg pa chen po’i man ngag gi mdo (Mahā­yānopadeśa). Toh 169, Degé Kangyur vol. 59 (mdo sde, ba), fol. 259–307.

yul ’khor skyong gi zhus pa’i mdo (Rāṣṭra­pāla­paripṛcchā) [The Questions of Rāṣṭrapāla]. Toh 62, Degé Kangyur, vol. 42 (dkon brtsegs, nga), folios 227.a–257.a. English translation in Vienna Buddhist Translation Studies Group (2021).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa khri brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭa­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Toh 10, Degé Kangyur vols. 29–31 (shes phyin, khri brgyad, ka), f. 1b–ga, f. 206a; also KPD 29: p. 3–31: 495. Translated and edited in Conze (1975) and in Sparham (2022).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa (Aṣṭa­sāhasarikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines]. Toh 12, Degé Kangyur vol. 33 (shes phyin, brgyad stong, ka), fol. 1b–286a; also KPD 33. Translated in Conze (1973).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag brgya pa (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines]. Toh 8. Degé Kangyur vols. 14–25 (shes phyin, ’bum, ka), f. 1b–a, f. 395a; also KPD 14–25. English translation in Sparham 2024.

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā) [Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines]. Toh 9, Degé Kangyur vols. 26–28 (shes phyin, nyi khri, ka), f. 1b–ga, f. 381a; also KPD 26–28. Annotated Sanskrit edition of the recast manuscript in Dutt (1934) and Kimura (1971–2009). Partially translated in Conze (1975) and fully translated in Padmakara Translation Group (2023).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa rdo rje gcod pa’i mdo (Vajracchedikā­prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra) [Sūtra of the Adamantine Cutter [in Three Hundred Lines]. Toh 16, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 121a–132b; also KPD 34: 327–357. Translated in Red Pine (2001).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa sdud pa tshigs su bcad pa (Prajñā­pāramitā­sañcaya­gāthā) [Verse Summation of the Transcendental Perfection of Wisdom]. Toh 13, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 1b–19b; also KPD 34: 3–44. Translated in Conze (1973).

shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i snying po (Prajñā­pāramitā­hṛdaya­sūtra) [Heart Sūtra of the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom]. Toh 21, Degé Kangyur vol. 34 (shes phyin, ka), f. 144b–146a; also KPD 34, pp. 402–405. Translated in Red Pine (2004) and in Dharmachakra Translation Committee (2022).

Indic Commentaries

A­saṅga. chos mngon pa kun las btus pa (Abhi­dharma­samuccaya) [The Compendium of Abhidharma]. Toh 4049. Degé Tengyur vol. 236 (sems tsam, ri), fol. 44b–120a; also TPD 76: 116–313. Translated from French in Boin-Webb (2001).

rnal ’byor spyod pa’i sa’i dngos gzhi (Yoga­caryā­bhūmi­vastu). Toh 4035–4037, Degé Tengyur vols. 229–231 (sems tsam, tshi–vi). This is the first of the five parts of the Yogacaryā Level, comprising three texts: Yogacaryā­bhūmi (Toh 4035) and its sub-sections: Śrāvaka­bhūmi (Toh 4036) and Bodhi­sattva­bhūmi (Toh 4037).

Hari­bhadra. mngon rtogs rgyan gyi snang ba (Abhi­samayalaṃkārāloka) [Light for the Ornament of Emergent Realization]. Toh 3791, Degé Tengyur vol. 85 (shes phyin, cha), f. 1b–341a; also TPD 51: 891–1728. Translated in Sparham (2006–2012).

Kalyāṇamitra. ’dul bag zhi rgya cher ’grel pa (Vinaya­vastu­ṭīkā) [Great Commentary on the Chapters on Monastic Discipline]. Toh 4113, Degé Tengyur vol. 258 (’dul ba, tsu), f. 177a–326a; also TPD 87: 481–883.

Maitreya. [shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos] mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan (Abhi­samayālaṃkāra-[nāma-prajñā­pāramitopadeśa­śāstra­kārikā]) [Ornament of Clear Realization]. Toh 3786, Degé Tengyur vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), fol. 1b–13a; also TPD 49: 3–30. Translated in Conze (1954) and Thrangu (2004).

[theg pa chen po] mdo sde’i rgyan zhes bya ba’i tshig le’ur byas pa ([Mahā­yāna]­sūtrālaṃkāra­kārikā) [Ornament of the Sūtras of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4020, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), f. 1b–39a; also TPD 70: 805–890 Translated in Jamspal et al. (2004).

theg pa chen po rgyud bla ma’i bstan bcos (Mahā­yānottara­tantra­śāstra) [Ultimate Continuum of the Great Vehicle]. Toh 4024, Degé Tengyur vol. 225 (sems tsam, phi), f. 54b–73a; also TPD 70: 935–979. Translated in Holmes, Kenneth and Katia Holmes. The Changeless Nature. Eskdalemuir: Karma Drubgyud Drajay Ling, 1985. See also Takasaki, Jikido. A Study on the Ratna­gotra­vibhāga (Uttara­tantra). SOR XXXIII. Roma: ISMEO, 1966.

Ratnākāra­śānti. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa brgyad stong pa’i dka’ ’grel snying po mchog (Aṣṭa­sāhasarikā­prajñā­pāramitā­pañjikā­sārottama). Toh 3803, Degé Tengyur, vol. 89 (shes phyin, tha), f. 1b–230a; also TPD 53: 711–1317.

Vasubandhu. chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi bshad pa (Abhi­dharma­kośa­bhāṣya). Toh 4090, Degé Tengyur vol. 242 (mngon pa, ku), fol. 26b–258a; also TPD 79: 65–630. Translated from the French in Pruden (1988–1990).

chos mngon pa’i mdzod kyi tshig le’ur byas pa (Abhi­dharma­kośa­kārikā). Toh 4089, Degé Tengyur vol. 242 (mngon pa, ku), fol. 1b–25a; also TPD 79: 3–59. Translated from the French in Pruden (1988–1990).

Vasubandhu/Dāṃṣṭrasena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa ’bum pa dang nyi khri lnga stong pa dang khri brgyad stong pa’i rgya cher bshad pa (Śata­sahāsrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajnā-pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā) [The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines]. Toh 3808, Degé Tengyur vol. 93 (shes phyin, pha), fol. 1b–292b; also TPD 55: 645–1376. English translation in Sparham (2022).

Vi­mukti­sena. shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa stong phrag nyi shu lnga pa’i man ngag gi bstan bcos mngon par rtogs pa’i rgyan gyi ’grel pa (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitopdeśa­śāstrābhi­samayālaṃkāra­vṛtti) [Commentary on the Ornament of Clear Realization: A Treatise of Instruction on the Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-Five Thousand Lines]. Toh 3787, Degé Tengyur, vol. 80 (shes phyin, ka), f. 14b–212a); also TPD 49: 33–530. Translated in Sparham (2006–2012).

Indigenous Tibetan Works

Jamgön Kongtrül (’jam mgon kong sprul). shes bya kun khyab mdzod [The Treasury of Knowledge]. Root verses contained in three-volume publication. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1982; Boudhnath: Padma Karpo Translation Committee edition, 2000 (photographic reproduction of the original four-volume Palpung xylograph, 1844). Translated, along with the auto-commentary, by the Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group in The Treasury of Knowledge series (TOK). Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 1995 to 2012. Mentioned here are Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group 1995 (Book 1) and 1998 (Book 5); Ngawang Zangpo 2010 (Books 2, 3, and 4); Callahan 2007 (Book 6, Part 3); and Dorje 2012 (Book 6 Parts 1-2).

Kawa Paltsek (ka ba dpal brtsegs) and Namkhai Nyingpo (nam mkha’i snying po). ldan dkar ma (pho brang stod thang ldan dkar gyi chos ’gyur ro cog gi dkar chag). Toh 4364, Degé Tengyur vol. 308 (sna tshogs, jo), f. 294b–310a; also TPD 116: 786–827.

Nordrang Orgyan (nor brang o rgyan). chos rnam kun btus. 3 vols. Beijing: Krung go’i bod rig pa dpe skrun khang, 2008.

Situ Paṇchen (si tu paṇ chen) or Situ Chökyi Jungné (si tu chos kyi ’byung gnas). sde dge’i bka’ ’gyur dkar chags. Degé Kangyur, vol. 103 (dkar chags, lak+S+mI and shrI), Toh 4568; also Chengdu: Sichuan Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1989.

Various, bye brag tu rtogs par byed pa (Mahāvyutpatti). Toh 4346, Degé Tengyur vol. 306 (sna tshogs, co), f. 1b–131a; also TPD 115: 3–254. Sakaki, Ryozaburo, ed. (1916–25); reprint, 1965.

Zhang Yisun et al. bod rgya tshig mdzod chen mo. 3 vols. Subsequently reprinted in 2 vols. and 1 vol. Beijing: Mi rigs dpe skrun khang, 1985. Translated in Nyima and Dorje 2001 (vol. 1).

Secondary Literature

Apte, Vaman Shivram. The Practical Sanskrit-English Dictionary. 3rd edition. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1965.

Bodhi, Bhikkhu, trans. The Sūtra on the All-Embracing Net of Views. Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1978.

Boin-Webb, Sara, trans. Abhidharmasamuccaya: The Compendium of the Higher Teaching (Philosophy). By Asanga. From the French translation by Walpola Rahula. Fremont, CA: Asian Humanities Press, 2001.

Brunnholzl, Karl. Gone Beyond (Volume One): The Prajñāpāramitā Sūtras, The Ornament of Clear Realization, and Its Commentaries in the Tibetan Kagyu Tradition. Ithaca, New York: Snow Lion Publications, 2010.

Burchardi, Anne, trans. The Teaching on the Great Compassion of the Tathāgata (Tathāgata­mahā­karuṇā­nirdeśa, Toh 147). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2020.

Callahan, Elizabeth, trans. The Treasury of Knowledge (Book Six, Part Three): Frameworks of Buddhist Philosophy. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2007.

Cleary, Thomas, trans. The Flower Ornament Scripture. Boston and London: Shambhala, 1984.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1954). Abhi­samayālaṅkāra. SOR 6. Rome: ISMEO.

Conze, Edward (1960) The Prajñāpāramitā Literature. New Delhi: Munishiram Manoharlal.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1973). The Perfection of Wisdom in Eight Thousand Lines and Its Verse Summary. Bolinas, CA: Four Seasons Foundation.

Conze, Edward (1973) Materials for a Dictionary of The Prajñāpāramitā Literature. Tokyo: Suzuki Research Foundation.

Conze, Edward, trans. (1975). The Large Sutra on Perfect Wisdom. Berkeley: University of California Press.

Davidson, Ronald. “Studies in Dhāraṇī Literature I: Revisiting the Meaning of the Term Dhāraṇī.” Journal of Indian Philosophy 37, no. 2 (April 2009): 97–147.

Dayal, Har. The Bodhisattva Doctrine in Buddhist Sanskrit Literature. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1932. Reprinted Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1970.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2013). The Play in Full (Lalita­vistara). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2019). The Jewel Cloud (Ratnamegha, Toh 231). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2021). The Questions of Nāga King Sāgara (1) (Sāgara­nāga­rāja­paripṛcchā, Toh 153). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dharmachakra Translation Committee, trans. (2022). The Heart of the Perfection of Wisdom, the Blessed Mother (Bhagavatī­prajñā­pāramitā­hṛdaya, Toh 21). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Dorje, Gyurme, trans. (1987). “The Guhyagarbhatantra and its XIVth Century Tibetan Commentary Phyogs bcu mun sel.” 3 vols. PhD diss. University of London, School of Oriental and African Studies.

Dorje, Gyurme, trans. (2012). Indo-Tibetan Classical Learning and Buddhist Phenomenology. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Boston: Snow Lion.

Dudjom Rinpoche. The Nyingma School of Tibetan Buddhism: Its Fundamentals and History. 2 vols. Translated by Gyurme Dorje with Matthew Kapstein. Boston: Wisdom Publications, 1991.

Edgerton, Franklin. Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit Grammar and Dictionary. 2 vols. New Haven: Yale University Press,1953.

Falk, Harry (2011) “The ‘Split’ Collection of Kharoṣṭhī texts.” ARIRIAB 14 (2011): 13-23.

Falk, Harry (2012). In collaboration with Seishi Karashima, “A first‐century Prajñā­pāramitā manuscript from Gandhāra- Parivarta 1 (Texts from the Split Collection 1),” ARIRIAB 15 (2012), 19–61.

Hikata, Ryfishé. “An Introductory Essay on Prajñā­pāramitā Literature”, in Su­vi­krānta­vikāami­pari­pṛcchā Prajñā­pāramitā-Sūtra. Fufuoka: Kyūshū University, 1958, pp. ix–lxxxiii.

Jamspal, Lobzang et al., trans. The Universal Vehicle Discourse Literature. New York: American Institute of Buddhist Studies at Columbia University, 2004.

Jamieson, R.Craig. The Perfection of Wisdom. New York: Penguin Viking, 2000.

Jones, J.J. trans. The Mahāvastu (3 vols.) in Sacred Books of the Buddhists. London: Luzac & Co., 1949–56.

Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group, trans. (1995). The Treasury of Knowledge (Book One): Myriad Worlds. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications.

Kalu Rinpoche Translation Group, trans. (1998). The Treasury of Knowledge (Book Five): Buddhist Ethics. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications.

Karashima, Seishi, trans. A Critical Edition of Lokakṣema’s Translation of the Aṣṭa­sāhasrikā Prājñā­pāramitā, Bibliotheca Philologica et Philosophica Buddhica, XII. Tokyo, International Research Institute for Advanced Buddhology, Soka University, 2011.

Kloetzli, Randy. Buddhist Cosmology. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, 1983.

Konow, Sten. The First Two Chapters of the Daśasāhasrikā Prajñāpāramitā: Restoration of the Sanskrit Text, Analysis and Index. Oslo: I Kommisjon Hos Jacob Dybwad, 1941.

Lamotte, Étienne. History of Indian Buddhism: from the Origins to the Śaka Era. Paris: Peeters Press, 1988.

Lamotte, Etienne (2010–2011). The Treatise of the Great Virtue of Wisdom. Translated from the French by Karma Migme Chodron.

Law, Bimala Chum. A History of Pāli Literature. London: Kegan Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1933.

McRae, John, trans. The Platform Sutra of the Sixth Patriarch (Liùzǔ Tánjīng). Berkeley: Numata Center for Buddhist Translation and Research, 2000.

Ñāṇamoli, Bhikkhu, trans. The Path of Purification by Buddhaghosa. Kandy: Buddhist Publication Society, 1979.

Nasim Khan, M. & M. Sohail Khan, “Buddhist Kharoṣṭhī Manuscripts from Gandhāra: A New Discovery,” The Journal of Humanities and Social Sciences 12, nos. 1–2 (2004 (2006)). Peshawar: 9–15.

Negi, J.S., ed.: Tibetan Sanskrit Dictionary (Bod skad dang legs sbyar gyi tshig mdzod chen mo). 16 vols. Sarnath: Central Institute of Higher Tibetan Studies, 1993-2005.

Ngawang Zangpo, trans. The Treasury of Knowledge (Books Two, Three, and Four): Buddhism’s Journey to Tibet. By Jamgön Kongtrul. Ithaca, NY: Snow Lion Publications, 2010.

Nyima, Tudeng and Gyurme Dorje, trans. An Encyclopaedic Tibetan-English Dictionary. Vol. 1. Beijing and London: Nationalities Publishing House and SOAS, 2001.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. The Words of My Perfect Teacher. By Patrul Rinpoche. San Francisco: Harper Collins, 1994.

Padmakara Translation Group, trans. (2023). The Perfection of Wisdom in Twenty-five Thousand Lines (Pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 9). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Pagel, Ulrich “The Dhāraṇīs of Mahāvyutpatti # 748: Origins and Formation,” in Buddhist Studies Review 24 no. 2 (2007), 151–91.

Pfandt, Peter. Mahāyāna Texts Translated into Western Languages. Cologne: In Kommission bei E.J. Brill, 1983.

Pruden, Leo M., trans. Abhi­dharma­kośa­bhāṣyaṃ by Vasubandhu. Translated by Louis de La Vallée Poussin. English translation by Leo M. Pruden. 4 vols. Berkeley: Asian Humanities Press, 1988–1990.

Red Pine, trans. (2001). The Diamond Sutra: The Perfection of Wisdom; Text and Commentaries Translated from Sanskrit and Chinese. Berkeley: Counterpoint.

Red Pine, trans. (2004). The Heart Sutra: The Womb of Buddhas. Shoemaker & Hoard.

Rigdzin, Tsepak. Tibetan-English Dictionary of Buddhist Terminology. Dharamsala: LTWA, 1993.

Salomon, Richard (1990). “New evidence for a Gāndhārī origin of the Arapacana syllabary.” Journal of the American Oriental Society 110 no. 2: 255–273.

Salomon, Richard (2000). A Gāndhārī Version of the Rhinoceros Sutra: British Library Kharoṣṭhi Fragment 5B, Seattle and London: Univ. of Washington Press.

Schopen, Geoffrey. Figments and Fragments of Mahāyāna Buddhism in India. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press, 2005.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2006-2012). Abhisamayālaṃkāra with vṛtti and ālokā / vṛtti by Ārya Vi­mukti­sena; ālokā by Haribhadra. 4 vols. Fremont, CA: Jain Publishing.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2022a). The Transcendent Perfection of Wisdom in Eighteen Thousand Lines (Aṣṭa­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 10). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2022b). The Long Explanation of the Noble Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand, Twenty-Five Thousand, and Eighteen Thousand Lines

Sparham, Gareth, trans. (2024). The Perfection of Wisdom in One Hundred Thousand Lines (Śata­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā, Toh 8). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha.

(*Ārya­śata­sāhasrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajñā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, Toh 3808). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2022.

Strauch, Ingo. (2007–2008), “The Bajaur collection: A new collection of Kharoṣṭhī manuscripts. A preliminary catalogue and survey.”

Thrangu Rinpoche, Khenchen et al, trans. The Ornament of Clear Realization. Auckland: Zhyisil Chokyi Ghatsal Charitable Trust Publications, 2004.

Tibetan Classics Translators Guild of New York, trans. The Dharma Council (Dharmasaṅgīti, Toh 238). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2024.

Vienna Buddhist Translation Studies Group, trans. The Questions of Rāṣṭrapāla (Rāṣṭrapālaparipṛcchāsūtra, Toh 62). 84000: Translating the Words of the Buddha, 2021.

Williams, Paul. Mahāyāna Buddhism. London: Routledge, 1989.


g.

Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

AS

Attested in source text

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

AO

Attested in other text

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

AD

Attested in dictionary

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

AA

Approximate attestation

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

RP

Reconstruction from Tibetan phonetic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

RS

Reconstruction from Tibetan semantic rendering

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

SU

Source unspecified

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.­1

abdomen is not misshapen

Wylie:
  • sku ma rnyongs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མ་རྙོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhugna­kukṣi­tā

Fifty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­62
  • 29.­54
g.­2

abdomen is slender

Wylie:
  • phyal phyang nge ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱལ་ཕྱང་ངེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣāmodara­tā

Fifty-eighth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­62
  • 29.­54
g.­3

abdomen that is unwrinkled

Wylie:
  • sku la gnyer ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ལ་གཉེར་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛṣṭa­kukṣi­tā

Literally, “unwrinkled body;” fifty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­63
  • 29.­54
g.­4

Ābhāsvara

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ābhāsvara

Sixth god realm of form, meaning “luminosity.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • 24.­20
  • 24.­35
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­5

abide

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­tiṣṭhati

Located in 171 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97-98
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­65
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­2-5
  • 3.­10-49
  • 5.­204
  • 8.­47
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­22-23
  • 9.­28-30
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­13-25
  • 12.­5-6
  • 12.­11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 14.­1-13
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­54
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­47
  • 18.­66
  • 19.­30
  • 22.­9
  • 22.­57
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­14-17
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­54-59
  • 27.­7-11
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­29
  • 27.­31
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­70-71
  • 29.­78
  • 30.­15
  • 30.­35
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­64
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10-12
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­57
  • g.­1522
g.­6

abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānānantyāyatanaṃ vi­harati

Eighth of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.­46.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­7

abides in the sense field of infinite space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched la gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ལ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatanaṃ vi­harati

Seventh of the eight sense fields of mastery. See also n.­46.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­55
  • g.­424
g.­8

abiding

Wylie:
  • gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­tiṣṭhan

Located in 110 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­85
  • i.­90
  • i.­94
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 9.­36
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­41-46
  • 11.­13
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­12
  • 12.­18
  • 13.­13
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­23
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­36
  • 19.­59
  • 22.­11
  • 23.­58
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­54-55
  • 26.­57-58
  • 27.­1-33
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­4-5
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­30-32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­52-53
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­12-13
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­26-27
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
  • g.­973
  • g.­997
g.­9

Abiding in the Real Nature Without Mentation

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid la gnas shing sems med pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་ལ་གནས་ཤིང་སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathatā­sthita­niścita

Name of the 108th meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­10

abiding nature of all things

Wylie:
  • chos rnams kyi chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རྣམས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sthiti­tā

A synonym for emptiness, and the expanse of reality (dharmadhātu).

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • 1.­80
  • 19.­59
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­47
  • 27.­26
  • 30.­35-36
g.­11

abiding nature of phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos gnas pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་གནས་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­sthiti­tā

A synonym for emptiness, and the expanse of reality (dharmadhātu).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­36
  • 11.­37
  • 18.­48
g.­12

abiding of phenomena in the real nature

Wylie:
  • de bzhin nyid du chos gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་དུ་ཆོས་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tathatā­dharma­sthiti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­13

Abiding Without Mentation

Wylie:
  • sems med par gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་མེད་པར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niś­citta

Name of the seventy-third meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­14

abode

Wylie:
  • gnas
Tibetan:
  • གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • layana

Also translated here as “sanctuary,” and “resting place.”

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53-54
  • 21.­16
  • 27.­25
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 32.­40
  • n.­196
  • g.­216
  • g.­587
  • g.­736
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1326
  • g.­1348
  • g.­1545
  • g.­1587
g.­15

absence of distinguishing counterparts

Wylie:
  • ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyāvṛtti

In Buddhist logic, the term “distinguishing counterpart” (vyāvṛtti, ldog pa) denotes a given phenomenon that conceptually appears to be the opposite of a phenomenon of a dissimilar class but is not actually existent, such as the idea of a specific form that appears in conceptual thought.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­24
  • n.­342
g.­16

absence of dogmatic assumptions

Wylie:
  • mchog tu ’dzin pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­parā­marśaṇa­tā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­43
  • n.­158
g.­17

Absence of Joy with Respect to All Happiness and Suffering

Wylie:
  • bde ba dang sdug bsngal thams cad la mngon par dga’ ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ་དང་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­sukha­duḥkha­nirabhi­nandī

Name of the ninety-third meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­18

absolutely existent

Wylie:
  • yang dag par yongs su grub pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­niṣpanna

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­7-8
g.­19

absolutely void

Wylie:
  • shin tu dben pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aty­anta­vivikta

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­12-15
g.­20

absorb

Wylie:
  • sdud par bgyid
Tibetan:
  • སྡུད་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­graha­karoti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­20
  • 17.­24
g.­21

absorption in cessation

Wylie:
  • ’gog pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • འགོག་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodha­samāpatti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­36
g.­22

abundant in splendor

Wylie:
  • dbang ’byor pa
Tibetan:
  • དབང་འབྱོར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhujiṣya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­6
g.­23

accept

Wylie:
  • khas len
Tibetan:
  • ཁས་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upaiti

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • i.­75
  • i.­88
  • 9.­22
  • 12.­9-10
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­21-23
  • 18.­69
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­62
  • 26.­55
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­12
  • 33.­27
g.­24

acceptance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣānti

Third of the four aspects of the path of preparation.

Also translated here as “tolerance.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • i.­25
  • i.­80
  • 1.­3-4
  • 8.­39
  • 28.­14-16
  • g.­1558
g.­25

acceptance that phenomena are non-arising

Wylie:
  • mi skye pa’i chos la bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྐྱེ་པའི་ཆོས་ལ་བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­utapattika­dharma­kṣānti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattvas’ realization that all phenomena are unproduced and empty. It sustains them on the difficult path of benefiting all beings so that they do not succumb to the goal of personal liberation. Different sources link this realization to the first or eighth bodhisattva level (bhūmi).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­37
  • 28.­13
g.­26

accepted

Wylie:
  • yongs su zin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­gṛhīta

Also translated here as “favored.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­40
  • i.­96
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­25-26
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­21
  • 19.­60
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­41
  • 23.­48
  • 24.­17
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­53
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­57
  • g.­571
g.­27

accommodate

Wylie:
  • go ’byed
Tibetan:
  • གོ་འབྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ava­kāśa bhavati

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • 13.­64-66
g.­28

Accumulation of All Attributes

Wylie:
  • yon tan thams cad kyi tshogs su gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཚོགས་སུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvaguṇasaṃcaya

Name of the seventy-second meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­29

acquire the precepts on the basis of actual reality

Wylie:
  • chos nyid kyis thob pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཉིད་ཀྱིས་ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmatā­prati­lambhika

The acquisition of vows through direct insight into the nature of reality rather than through formal ceremony.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­7
g.­30

acquisitiveness

Wylie:
  • kun tu ’dzin pa’i sems
  • yongs su ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་འཛིན་པའི་སེམས།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­graha­citta
  • ud­graha­citta
  • pari­graha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­28
  • 27.­1
  • 27.­29
g.­31

actions (physical, verbal and mental) that are tainted with the inadmissible transgressions

Wylie:
  • (lus kyi las dang ngag gi las dang yid kyi) las kha na ma tho ba dang bcas pa
Tibetan:
  • ༼ལུས་ཀྱི་ལས་དང་ངག་གི་ལས་དང་ཡིད་ཀྱི༽ ལས་ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ་དང་བཅས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāvadyasya kāya­vāg­manas­karma

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­50-51
g.­32

actor

Wylie:
  • byed pa po
Tibetan:
  • བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kartṛ

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4-5
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
g.­33

actual birth

Wylie:
  • skye ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāti

Eleventh of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
g.­34

actualize

Wylie:
  • mngon sum du byed
  • mngon par grub
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱེད།
  • མངོན་པར་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • sākṣāt­karoti
  • abhi­nir­vartate
  • abhi­nir­harati

Located in 66 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­57
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­77
  • i.­79
  • i.­83
  • 1.­5
  • 7.­21-22
  • 8.­2
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­45-46
  • 11.­10
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­1
  • 17.­8-10
  • 18.­36-37
  • 19.­66
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­22
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­11-13
  • 25.­2-3
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­7-9
  • 25.­11-14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 26.­8
  • 26.­13
  • 26.­18-19
  • 26.­32
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­10
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­35-36
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­35
g.­35

actualize formative predispositions

Wylie:
  • ’du byed rnams mngon par ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད་རྣམས་མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­saṃ­skārān abhi­saṃ­skaroti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­36
g.­36

Adamantine

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lta bu
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • vajropama

Name of the tenth meditative stability.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­12
  • 33.­40
g.­37

adamantine gnosis

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lta bu’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vajropama­jñāna

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­34-35
g.­38

adamantine meditative stability

Wylie:
  • rdo rje lta bu’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟ་བུའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vajropama­samādhi

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­25
  • i.­80
  • i.­98
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­12
  • 28.­23
  • 33.­40
g.­39

adopt the precepts

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa blang
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པ་བླང་།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­ādāna­virati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­7
g.­40

advance courageously

Wylie:
  • gnon
Tibetan:
  • གནོན།
Sanskrit:
  • parā­kramate

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­13
g.­41

advantage

Wylie:
  • phan yon
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་ཡོན།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­śaṃsā

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 4.­53
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­55
  • 17.­63
  • 29.­37
g.­42

afflicted

Wylie:
  • kun nas nyon mongs pa
  • nyon mongs
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­kleśika
  • vi­hanyati

See “afflicted mental state.”

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33-34
  • i.­45
  • i.­50
  • i.­65
  • 2.­86
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 4.­45
  • 5.­58-59
  • 5.­82-83
  • 5.­106-107
  • 5.­124
  • 5.­136
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­153
  • 5.­165
  • 5.­177
  • 5.­189
  • 5.­201
  • 7.­32
  • 10.­9
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­22
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­6
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
  • 19.­44-45
  • 19.­47-48
  • 19.­54
  • 22.­30
  • 24.­19
  • 24.­41
  • 30.­3-7
  • 30.­35
  • 31.­38
  • 33.­23-24
g.­43

afflicted mental state

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs
  • kun nas nyong mongs pa
  • sems las byung ba’i nye ba’i nyon mongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས།
  • ཀུན་ནས་ཉོང་མོངས་པ།
  • སེམས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་ཉེ་བའི་ཉོན་མོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kleśa
  • saṃ­kleśa
  • caitasikopa­kleśa

The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements known as the afflicted mental states, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure. Included among them are the primary afflictions of fundamental ignorance, attachment, aversion, pride, doubt, and twenty subsidiary afflictions.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­35
  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • i.­52
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­72
  • i.­91
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­5
  • 3.­106
  • 9.­15-16
  • 12.­18
  • 13.­35
  • 14.­29
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­11-12
  • 20.­17
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­41
  • 28.­11
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­79
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­27
  • n.­4
  • g.­42
  • g.­104
  • g.­170
  • g.­334
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­586
  • g.­611
  • g.­662
  • g.­670
  • g.­973
  • g.­1596
g.­44

afraid and terrified (be)

Wylie:
  • dngang la dngang bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • དངང་ལ་དངང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃtrāsam­ā­patsyate

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­38
  • 6.­49
  • 22.­52-54
g.­45

afraid (be)

Wylie:
  • dngang
Tibetan:
  • དངང་།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­trāsam a­padyate

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • 6.­40
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­13
  • 17.­48
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­42
g.­46

afraid (will be)

Wylie:
  • dngang bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • དངང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­trāsam ā­patsyate

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • 6.­39
g.­47

agent

Wylie:
  • byed du ’jug pa po
  • byed pa po
Tibetan:
  • བྱེད་དུ་འཇུག་པ་པོ།
  • བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kārāpaka
  • kartṛ

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 19.­1
  • 19.­67
  • 20.­56
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 26.­41-42
  • 30.­36
  • g.­1447
g.­48

aggregate of consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāna­skandha

Fifth of the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­5
  • 8.­44
g.­49

aggregate of ethical discipline

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla­skandha

First of the five definitive aggregates.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­22
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­45
  • 19.­26
  • 28.­40
  • 32.­22
g.­50

aggregate of feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā­skandha

Second of the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­5
g.­51

aggregate of formative predispositions

Wylie:
  • ’du byed kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skāra­skandha

Fourth of the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­5
g.­52

aggregate of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mukti­skandha

Fourth of the five definitive aggregates.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­22
  • 17.­45
  • 19.­26
g.­53

aggregate of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­skandha

Second of the five definitive aggregates.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­45
  • 19.­26
g.­54

aggregate of perceptions

Wylie:
  • ’du shes kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jñā­skandha

Third of the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­5
g.­55

aggregate of physical forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­skandha

First of the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­104
  • 8.­44
  • 11.­23
g.­56

aggregate of the perception of liberating gnosis

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba’i phung po
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mukti­jñāna­darśana­skandha

Fifth of the five definitive aggregates.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­45
g.­57

aggregate of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi phung po
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­skandha

Third of the five definitive aggregates.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­22
  • 17.­45
  • 19.­26
g.­58

aging and death

Wylie:
  • rga shi
Tibetan:
  • རྒ་ཤི།
Sanskrit:
  • jarā­maraṇa

Twelfth of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 59 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18-19
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­44
  • 4.­48
  • 5.­13
  • 5.­22
  • 5.­29
  • 5.­36-38
  • 5.­127-138
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­192-204
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­21
  • 15.­13
  • 18.­18-19
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
g.­59

agitation

Wylie:
  • ’khrugs pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣobhaṇa

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 18.­18-19
  • 22.­12
  • 30.­46
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
  • n.­197
g.­60

agitation and regret

Wylie:
  • rgod pa dang ’gyod pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒོད་པ་དང་འགྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • auddhatya­kaukṛtya

One of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­61

Akaniṣṭha

Wylie:
  • ’og min
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit:
  • akaniṣṭha

Fifth of the pure abodes, meaning “highest.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­3
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­26
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53-54
  • 17.­56
  • 33.­65
  • g.­1265
g.­62

A­kṣobhya

Wylie:
  • mi ’khrugs pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kṣobhya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Lit. “Not Disturbed” or “Immovable One.” The buddha in the eastern realm of Abhirati. A well-known buddha in Mahāyāna, regarded in the higher tantras as the head of one of the five buddha families, the vajra family in the east.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­47
  • 26.­52
  • 26.­55
g.­63

alert

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin can
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­prajāna

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­13-17
  • 8.­19
  • 8.­21
  • 29.­8
g.­64

alertness

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­prajanya

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 18.­12
  • g.­997
g.­65

alien

Wylie:
  • ’gyes pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • parataḥ

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­3
g.­66

alienated (be)

Wylie:
  • sems gzhan du ’gyur
  • gzhan nyid du ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར།
  • གཞན་ཉིད་དུ་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • cittasyānya­thā bhavati
  • anya­tvam­āpadyate

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­61-62
g.­67

all the activities of their bodies are preceded by gnosis and followed by gnosis

Wylie:
  • lus kyi las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­kāya­karma­jñāna­pūrva­gamaṃ jñānānu­pari­varti

Thirteenth or sixteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­8
g.­68

all the activities of their minds are preceded by gnosis and followed by gnosis

Wylie:
  • yid kyi las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­manaḥ­karma­jñāna­pūrva­gamaṃ jñānānu­pari­varti

Fifteenth or eighteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­69

all the activities of their speech are preceded by gnosis and followed by gnosis

Wylie:
  • ngag gi las thams cad ye shes sngon du ’gro zhing ye shes kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan:
  • ངག་གི་ལས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ་ཞིང་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­vāk­karma­jñāna­pūrva­gamaṃ jñānānu­pari­varti

Fourteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­23
g.­70

ally

Wylie:
  • dpung gnyen
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • parāyaṇa

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • i.­82
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­13
  • 22.­18
  • 25.­47
  • 28.­50
g.­71

alms bowl

Wylie:
  • lhung bzed
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུང་བཟེད།
Sanskrit:
  • paṭa­pātra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­18
g.­72

already

Wylie:
  • phyis
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིས།
Sanskrit:
  • eva

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 1.­2
  • 9.­47
  • 14.­45
  • 15.­2
  • 25.­3
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­25
g.­73

alteration

Wylie:
  • gzhan du ’gyur ba
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anya­thātva

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 13.­46
g.­74

A­mogha­darśin

Wylie:
  • mthong ba don yod
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བ་དོན་ཡོད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­mogha­darśin

Name of a bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­75

amply curved shoulders

Wylie:
  • dpung mgo shin tu zlum po
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་མགོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཟླུམ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­saṃ­vṛta­skandha­tā

Sixteenth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­23
  • 29.­32
g.­76

An­abhraka

Wylie:
  • sprin med
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲིན་མེད།
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­abhraka

Tenth god realm of form, meaning “cloudless.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • n.­310
  • g.­1265
g.­77

Ānanda

Wylie:
  • kun dga’ bo
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānanda

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A major śrāvaka disciple and personal attendant of the Buddha Śākyamuni during the last twenty-five years of his life. He was a cousin of the Buddha (according to the Mahāvastu, he was a son of Śuklodana, one of the brothers of King Śuddhodana, which means he was a brother of Devadatta; other sources say he was a son of Amṛtodana, another brother of King Śuddhodana, which means he would have been a brother of Aniruddha).

Ānanda, having always been in the Buddha’s presence, is said to have memorized all the teachings he heard and is celebrated for having recited all the Buddha’s teachings by memory at the first council of the Buddhist saṅgha, thus preserving the teachings after the Buddha’s parinirvāṇa. The phrase “Thus did I hear at one time,” found at the beginning of the sūtras, usually stands for his recitation of the teachings. He became a patriarch after the passing of Mahākāśyapa.

Located in 91 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 1.­2
  • 16.­9
  • 17.­35-38
  • 17.­40-48
  • 17.­50-53
  • 17.­55-60
  • 17.­62
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7-10
  • 33.­12-26
  • 33.­28-31
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­36-47
  • 33.­49-67
  • 33.­69-71
  • n.­446
  • n.­452
  • n.­457-458
g.­78

anger

Wylie:
  • khro ba
Tibetan:
  • ཁྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • krodha

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 2.­76
  • 10.­9
  • 27.­8
  • 28.­11
  • 31.­54
  • g.­1109
g.­79

Anikṣiptadhura

Wylie:
  • brtson pa mi gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་པ་མི་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anikṣiptadhura

Name of a bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­80

animal realm

Wylie:
  • dud ’gro
Tibetan:
  • དུད་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • tīryag

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­23
  • 16.­29
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­74
  • 32.­46-47
  • 32.­49-50
  • 33.­5
  • 33.­20
  • g.­1548
g.­81

animalcule

Wylie:
  • srin bu
Tibetan:
  • སྲིན་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • krimi

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­20
g.­82

ankles are inconspicuous

Wylie:
  • long bu rnams mi mngon pa
Tibetan:
  • ལོང་བུ་རྣམས་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gūḍha­gulpha­tā

Thirteenth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­40
  • 29.­43
g.­83

annoyance

Wylie:
  • ’tshig pa
Tibetan:
  • འཚིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pradāśa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • g.­1109
g.­84

antigod

Wylie:
  • lha ma yin
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit:
  • asura

A class of superhuman beings or demigods engendered and dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility, who are metaphorically described as being incessantly embroiled in a dispute with the gods over the possession of a magical tree.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­58
  • 8.­47-48
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­18-37
  • 14.­23
  • 16.­28-31
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­77
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­49
  • 26.­3
  • 28.­50
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­68
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­71
  • g.­736
  • g.­1265
g.­85

An­upama­cintin

Wylie:
  • blo gros dpe med
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས་དཔེ་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upama­cintin

Name of a bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­86

Apara­godānīya

Wylie:
  • ba glang spyod
Tibetan:
  • བ་གླང་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • apara­godānīya

The western continent of the human world according to traditional Indian cosmology, characterized as “rich in the resources of cattle.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­87

apathy

Wylie:
  • mngon par mi brtson pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་མི་བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­abhi­yoga

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­35
g.­88

aphorisms

Wylie:
  • ched du brjod pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • ཆེད་དུ་བརྗོད་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • udāna

Fifth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­46-54
  • 33.­17-18
g.­89

Appeasing of All Deviations and Obstacles

Wylie:
  • ’gal ba dang ’gog pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • འགལ་བ་དང་འགོག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­nirodha­virodha­saṃpra­śamana

Name of the ninety-eighth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­90

apperception

Wylie:
  • rnam par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vijjñapti

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­13-16
g.­91

application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba’i rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བའི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanānupaśyī­smṛtyupa­sthāna

Second of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description see 8.­14.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­92

application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmānupaśyī­smṛtyupasthāna

Fourth of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­16.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­93

application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind

Wylie:
  • sems kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cittānu­paśyīsmṛtyupa­sthāna

Third of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­15.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­94

application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body

Wylie:
  • lus kyi rjes su lta ba’i dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བའི་དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāyānu­paśyī­smṛtyupa­sthāna

First of the four applications of mindfulness. For a description, see 8.­13.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­20
  • g.­615
g.­95

applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtyupa­sthāna

See “four applications of mindfulness.”

Located in 126 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­65
  • 3.­82
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­51
  • 6.­16
  • 6.­18
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 7.­7
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­43-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­26
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­61
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­23
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55
  • 18.­69
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­17
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 23.­41
  • 24.­6
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­18
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­56
g.­96

apprehend

Wylie:
  • dmigs
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labhate

Also translated here as “focus on.”

Located in 80 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­39
  • i.­44-45
  • i.­50
  • i.­52
  • i.­79
  • i.­83
  • i.­88
  • i.­94
  • 1.­72
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­10-13
  • 7.­28
  • 8.­49
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­45-46
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 11.­33
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­14-15
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-22
  • 14.­47
  • 16.­17
  • 17.­12-13
  • 19.­12
  • 20.­19
  • 20.­59
  • 23.­47
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­19
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­57-59
  • 27.­26-28
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­23-24
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31-32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­36
  • 29.­64
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­70
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­34-35
  • g.­607
g.­97

apprehended

Wylie:
  • dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labdhya
  • upa­labdha

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 8.­51
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10
  • 14.­17-19
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­60
  • 32.­4
  • 32.­6
  • n.­336
  • n.­345-347
g.­98

apprehensible

Wylie:
  • dmigs su yod pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་སུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labdhya
  • upa­labdha

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • 3.­105-106
  • 8.­10
  • 11.­42
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­62
  • 14.­19
  • 19.­54
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­76
  • 22.­57
  • 28.­26
  • 29.­62
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­28
  • 30.­30
  • 31.­38
  • 33.­36
g.­99

apprehension

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­lambha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

dmigs (pa) translates a number of Sanskrit terms, including ālambana, upalabdhi, and ālambate. These terms commonly refer to the apprehending of a subject, an object, and the relationships that exist between them. The term may also be translated as “referentiality,” meaning a system based on the existence of referent objects, referent subjects, and the referential relationships that exist between them. As part of their doctrine of “threefold nonapprehending/nonreferentiality” (’khor gsum mi dmigs pa), Mahāyāna Buddhists famously assert that all three categories of apprehending lack substantiality.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 12.­22
  • 28.­25-27
  • 29.­71
g.­100

appropriate

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­gṛhṇāti

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • 11.­32-33
  • 18.­49-50
  • 21.­3-8
  • n.­205
  • n.­368
  • g.­197
g.­101

A­pramāṇābha

Wylie:
  • tshad med ’od
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pramāṇābha

Fifth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable radiance.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­102

A­pramāṇa­śubha

Wylie:
  • tshad med dge
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit:
  • a­pramāṇa­śubha

Eighth god realm of form, meaning “immeasurable virtue.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • g.­1265
g.­103

Arapacana alphabet

Wylie:
  • a ra pa tsa na
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ར་པ་ཙ་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • arapacana

The alphabet of the Kharoṣṭhī script, forming an important dhāraṇī.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­8
g.­104

arhat

Wylie:
  • dgra bcom pa
Tibetan:
  • དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arhat

Fourth of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas. One who has eliminated all afflicted mental states and personally ended the cycle of rebirth.

Located in 193 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 1.­2
  • 1.­51
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­14
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­48
  • 10.­23
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­39-40
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-39
  • 13.­54
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19-20
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­39-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­27-28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­56
  • 18.­70
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­19-20
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­51-53
  • 19.­57-58
  • 19.­64
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­61-65
  • 20.­67-70
  • 21.­9-11
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­12
  • 24.­31
  • 24.­49
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­45
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-26
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 27.­14
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­15
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­29-32
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­61-66
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­23
  • 32.­44
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-28
  • 33.­30-32
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47-48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4
  • n.­292
  • g.­431
  • g.­597
g.­105

arising

Wylie:
  • skye ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ut­pādita

Located in 64 passages in the translation:

  • i.­20
  • i.­33
  • i.­45
  • i.­51
  • i.­81
  • i.­88
  • i.­92
  • 1.­66
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­10
  • 4.­21
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­108-109
  • 5.­125
  • 5.­137
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­166
  • 5.­178
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­202
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32
  • 8.­18
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­18
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­21
  • 14.­36-38
  • 14.­49
  • 14.­52
  • 14.­54
  • 17.­62
  • 20.­59
  • 23.­29
  • 24.­18-23
  • 25.­35
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­36
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­2-7
  • 31.­59
  • 33.­27
  • g.­156
  • g.­203
  • g.­997
g.­106

armor-like attainment

Wylie:
  • go cha’i sgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཆའི་སྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sannāha­prati­patti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­21
g.­107

arms and legs are compact

Wylie:
  • phyag dang zhabs yongs su rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ut­sada­gātra­tā

Twenty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­48
  • 29.­47
g.­108

arms and legs, as intended

Wylie:
  • phyag dang zhabs ji ltar dgongs pa bzhin dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཇི་ལྟར་དགོངས་པ་བཞིན་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yathepsita­pāṇi­pāda­tā

Thirtieth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­48
  • 29.­47
g.­109

arms that reach down to his knees when standing, without bending down

Wylie:
  • bzhengs bzhin du ma btud par phyag pus mor sleb pa
Tibetan:
  • བཞེངས་བཞིན་དུ་མ་བཏུད་པར་ཕྱག་པུས་མོར་སླེབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paṭūru­bāha­tā

Ninth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­20
  • 29.­28
g.­110

army

Wylie:
  • dpung gi tshogs
Tibetan:
  • དཔུང་གི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • bala­kāya

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 2.­85
  • 30.­7
g.­111

aromatic jar

Wylie:
  • phog phor
Tibetan:
  • ཕོག་ཕོར།
Sanskrit:
  • dhūpa­ghaṭikā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­59
g.­112

A­saṅga

Wylie:
  • thogs med
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṅga

Indian commentator (fl. late fourth–early fifth centuries).

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • n.­1
  • g.­588
  • g.­601
  • g.­1726
g.­113

Ascertainment of Names

Wylie:
  • ming nges par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • མིང་ངེས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāma­niyata­praveśa

Name of the sixty-sixth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­114

ascetic supremacy

Wylie:
  • brtul zhugs mchog ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་མཆོག་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • vrata­parā­marśa

Fourth of the four knots.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • n.­198
  • g.­594
  • g.­626
g.­115

A­śoka

Wylie:
  • mya ngan med
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śoka

Mauryan emperor (304–232 ʙᴄᴇ).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­1637
g.­116

aspect of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa

See “eight aspects of liberation.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­33
  • 27.­33
  • 29.­16
g.­117

aspirationlessness

Wylie:
  • smon pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pra­ṇihita

Third of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­92
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­29
  • 6.­26
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­8
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­19
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­54
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­11
  • 25.­13-14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 26.­46
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­36
  • g.­663
g.­118

assembly

Wylie:
  • g.yog ’khor
Tibetan:
  • གཡོག་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­vāra

Also translated here as “retinue.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 2.­2-5
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­43
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­16
  • 19.­26
  • 29.­19
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­58-59
  • 33.­1-3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­71
  • g.­433
  • g.­1328
g.­119

associate

Wylie:
  • sbyor
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • yojayati

To associate something with something.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 4.­24-31
g.­120

asylum

Wylie:
  • rten
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upāśraya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
g.­121

at will

Wylie:
  • ’dod na
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­kāṅkṣa­māṇa

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­6
  • 16.­13
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­51
  • 32.­54
g.­122

Atapa

Wylie:
  • mi gdung ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་གདུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • atapa

Second of the pure abodes, meaning “painless.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­123

attach importance to

Wylie:
  • lhur len
Tibetan:
  • ལྷུར་ལེན།
Sanskrit:
  • guruko bhavati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­43
g.­124

attached to

Wylie:
  • chags
Tibetan:
  • ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • sajjati

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­46
  • 17.­62
  • 28.­31
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­86
  • 33.­23-24
g.­125

attachment to the world system of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rupa­rāga

First of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­126

attachment to the world system of formlessness

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­rūpya­rāga

Second of the five fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • g.­593
g.­127

attainment

Wylie:
  • thob pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāpti

Located in 184 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­17
  • i.­21-22
  • i.­29
  • i.­32
  • i.­39
  • i.­41-45
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­54
  • i.­57-59
  • i.­61
  • i.­63-64
  • i.­71
  • i.­78-79
  • i.­84
  • i.­88
  • i.­91
  • i.­95
  • i.­97
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­12
  • 2.­5
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­49
  • 4.­51-52
  • 6.­46
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­35
  • 10.­37-38
  • 11.­32
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­66
  • 14.­38-41
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­49-51
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­17
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­9
  • 17.­14-15
  • 17.­17-18
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­7-11
  • 18.­14-15
  • 18.­17
  • 18.­21-23
  • 18.­29
  • 18.­31
  • 18.­33
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­37
  • 18.­60-61
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­62-63
  • 20.­72-76
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­7-8
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­23
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­23-24
  • 22.­50-51
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­42
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­8
  • 26.­15-16
  • 26.­35
  • 26.­43
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­26
  • 29.­21
  • 30.­45-48
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­28-29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­43
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­33
  • 33.­35-36
  • 33.­59
  • n.­4
  • n.­287
  • n.­318
  • n.­373
  • g.­342
  • g.­581
  • g.­670
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1449
  • g.­1509
g.­128

attainment of manifest enlightenment

Wylie:
  • mngon par byang chub pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་བྱང་ཆུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­bodhana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­60
g.­129

attention

Wylie:
  • yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manas­kāra

Also translated here as “attentiveness.”

(See also n.­157).

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­43
  • 6.­45
  • 7.­10-11
  • 7.­20-21
  • 9.­16-18
  • 9.­22-24
  • 11.­32
  • 27.­23
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­87-88
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­50-51
  • 31.­55
  • g.­130
  • g.­997
g.­130

attentiveness

Wylie:
  • yid la byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ལ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manas­kāra

Also translated here as “attention.”

(See also n.­157).

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­43
  • 6.­46
  • 7.­20
  • 9.­8
  • 31.­53
  • n.­157
  • g.­129
g.­131

attitude free from hostility

Wylie:
  • zhe ’gras pa med pa’i sems
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་འགྲས་པ་མེད་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­prati­hata­citta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­4
g.­132

attract

Wylie:
  • sdud par byed pa
  • yongs su sdud
Tibetan:
  • སྡུད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་སྡུད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃgṛhnati
  • anu­ghṛhṇāti

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90-92
  • 22.­23
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­45-49
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­37-39
  • 31.­49
g.­133

attractive

Wylie:
  • sdug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­30
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­39
  • g.­1492
g.­134

aureole

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā

Also translated here as “light.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­37
  • n.­64
  • n.­66
  • g.­903
g.­135

aureole of light, extending a full arm span

Wylie:
  • ’od ’dom gang ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་འདོམ་གང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vy­āma­prabha­tā

Either the thirtieth of, or a supplement to, the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­30
  • 29.­36
g.­136

auspicious ceremonies

Wylie:
  • bkra shis
Tibetan:
  • བཀྲ་ཤིས།
Sanskrit:
  • maṅgala

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­5
g.­137

Auspicious Eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa bzang po
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­kalpa

Name of the present eon of time, during which one thousand buddhas appear in succession, Śākyamuni being the fourth and Maitreya the fifth.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­18
  • 19.­37
  • 20.­78
  • g.­199
g.­138

Avalokiteśvara

Wylie:
  • spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit:
  • avalokiteśvara

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the “eight close sons of the Buddha,” he is also known as the bodhisattva who embodies compassion. In certain tantras, he is also the lord of the three families, where he embodies the compassion of the buddhas. In Tibet, he attained great significance as a special protector of Tibet, and in China, in female form, as Guanyin, the most important bodhisattva in all of East Asia.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­139

Avṛha

Wylie:
  • mi che ba
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • avṛha

First of the pure abodes, meaning “slightest.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • g.­1265
g.­140

awareness

Wylie:
  • rig pa
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā

This term may generally by synonymous with intelligence or mental aptitude, but it also conveys the meaning of science or branches of knowledge, and of pure awareness. In this last sense, it denotes the fundamental innate mind in its natural state of spontaneity and purity, beyond alternating states of motion and rest and the subject-object dichotomy.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • g.­267
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1545
  • g.­1599
g.­141

barley

Wylie:
  • nas
Tibetan:
  • ནས།
Sanskrit:
  • yava

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­142

basic syllable

Wylie:
  • yi ge’i phyi mo
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་གེའི་ཕྱི་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • matṛkā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­61
g.­143

basis of delusion

Wylie:
  • gti mug gi gzhi
Tibetan:
  • གཏི་མུག་གི་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • moha­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­31
g.­144

basis of desire (have the)

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags kyi gzhi can
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་ཀྱི་གཞི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • rāga­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­31
g.­145

basis of hatred (have the)

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang gi gzhi can
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་གི་གཞི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • doṣa­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­31
g.­146

basis of the variety of false views (have the)

Wylie:
  • lta ba’i rnam pa’i gzhi can
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བའི་རྣམ་པའི་གཞི་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­32
g.­147

basket

Wylie:
  • za ma tog
Tibetan:
  • ཟ་མ་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • karaṇḍdaka

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­16
  • 33.­25
g.­148

beans

Wylie:
  • mon sran sde’u
Tibetan:
  • མོན་སྲན་སྡེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mudga

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­149

Beautiful Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba bzang po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­candra

Name of the fourth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­150

beauty

Wylie:
  • bya ba mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śobhana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­26
g.­151

bedding

Wylie:
  • mal cha
Tibetan:
  • མལ་ཆ།
Sanskrit:
  • śayana

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­45
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­24
  • 33.­62
g.­152

beginner bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’ dang po ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་དང་པོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prathama­bodhi­sattva

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­10
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­1
g.­153

behavior is perfect

Wylie:
  • spyod lam phun sum tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་ལམ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuci­samud­ācāra­tā

Eighteenth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­42
  • 29.­44
g.­154

benediction

Wylie:
  • gtam ’dre ba
Tibetan:
  • གཏམ་འདྲེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­lapana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­155

bestow

Wylie:
  • sbyin par byed
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • dāyikā karoti

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­56
  • 17.­1
  • 19.­57-59
  • 22.­7
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­40-41
g.­156

bewilderment

Wylie:
  • ’khrul pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲུལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhrānti

Bewilderment is the confusion arising from the subject-object dichotomy and fundamental ignorance, on the basis of which rebirth in cyclic existence is perpetuated.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­42
g.­157

Bhadra­pāla

Wylie:
  • bzang skyong
Tibetan:
  • བཟང་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhadra­pāla

Name of a bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­158

bile disorders

Wylie:
  • mkhris pa las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan:
  • མཁྲིས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit:
  • paittikāvyādhi

Second of the four kinds of disease.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­41
  • 33.­23
g.­159

birth

Wylie:
  • skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāti

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­42
  • 16.­13
  • 18.­18
  • 21.­33
  • 22.­12
  • 24.­33
  • 27.­31
  • 32.­46-47
  • 32.­49
  • g.­425
  • g.­973
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1596
g.­160

birth from heat and moisture

Wylie:
  • drod gsher las skyes
Tibetan:
  • དྲོད་གཤེར་ལས་སྐྱེས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­sveda­ja

Third of the four modes of birth.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­33
g.­161

biting insect

Wylie:
  • sha sbrang
Tibetan:
  • ཤ་སྦྲང་།
Sanskrit:
  • maśaka

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­21
g.­162

black agar wood

Wylie:
  • a ka ru nag po
Tibetan:
  • ཨ་ཀ་རུ་ནག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kālāgaru

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 20.­44
g.­163

blessed one

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence. Used in this text to refer to the Buddha Śākyamuni.

Also translated here as “Lord” (See also n.­19).

Located in 480 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­7-13
  • 2.­1
  • 2.­16-32
  • 2.­73-75
  • 3.­1-3
  • 3.­8-10
  • 3.­51-52
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­55
  • 4.­58
  • 5.­1-2
  • 5.­37-39
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­3-4
  • 6.­14-15
  • 6.­24
  • 6.­28
  • 6.­34
  • 6.­39-40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­10
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­25
  • 7.­27-28
  • 7.­30
  • 7.­32-33
  • 7.­35
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­1-4
  • 8.­9-12
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­51
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­13
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42-43
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­5
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­24-26
  • 10.­30
  • 11.­2-5
  • 11.­12-14
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­19
  • 12.­22-25
  • 12.­27-32
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­13-14
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­24-25
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­10
  • 16.­17
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­29
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­8-16
  • 17.­18-19
  • 17.­36
  • 17.­38-40
  • 17.­42-43
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­56-57
  • 18.­1-4
  • 18.­12
  • 18.­26
  • 18.­28-47
  • 18.­49-66
  • 18.­70
  • 18.­73-77
  • 19.­1-2
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20-21
  • 19.­28
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­43-50
  • 19.­61-62
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­1-3
  • 20.­44-45
  • 20.­49-50
  • 20.­52
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­71
  • 20.­74-75
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­1-2
  • 21.­4-7
  • 21.­9-15
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­41-43
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­54-57
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49-53
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­59-61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­48
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­52
  • 24.­54
  • 24.­57
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 25.­1-3
  • 25.­10-11
  • 25.­23-25
  • 25.­27
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­36
  • 25.­45-46
  • 25.­48
  • 26.­5-7
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­14
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­51-52
  • 26.­58-59
  • 27.­1-7
  • 27.­12-27
  • 27.­30-33
  • 28.­1-2
  • 28.­13-15
  • 28.­24-26
  • 28.­29-30
  • 28.­33-36
  • 28.­43-45
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­5-6
  • 29.­24-36
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­73-75
  • 29.­77-78
  • 29.­80-81
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­85-86
  • 29.­89
  • 29.­91-92
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-15
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­30-31
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­44
  • 31.­1-4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­22-23
  • 31.­36-37
  • 31.­40-41
  • 31.­48
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­67
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­3-4
  • 32.­14-21
  • 32.­42-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­9-10
  • 33.­12-17
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­34
  • 33.­37-41
  • 33.­43-45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­62-63
  • 33.­65-66
  • 33.­71
  • n.­19
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­1329
g.­164

bliss

Wylie:
  • bde ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha

Also translated here as “happiness.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­13
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • g.­711
  • g.­1494
g.­165

blood vessels and nerves are inconspicuous

Wylie:
  • rtsa rnams mi mngon pa
Tibetan:
  • རྩ་རྣམས་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gūḍha­śira­tā

Twelfth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­39
  • 29.­42
g.­166

Blossoming and Purity of the Flowers of Virtue

Wylie:
  • dge ba’i me tog rgyas shing dag pa
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བའི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་ཤིང་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha­puṣpita­śuddha

Name of the seventy-fourth meditative stability. “Purity” here could also be rendered “vibrance.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­167

blue appearance

Wylie:
  • sngon por lta bur ston pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་པོར་ལྟ་བུར་སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nīla­nidarśana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­55
g.­168

blue lotus

Wylie:
  • ut pa la
Tibetan:
  • ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit:
  • ut­pala

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­45
  • 32.­57
g.­169

blue reflection

Wylie:
  • ’od sngon po’i ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྔོན་པོའི་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nīla­nir­bhāsa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­55
g.­170

bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva

A being who is dedicated to the cultivation and fulfilment of the altruistic intention to attain manifestly perfect buddhahood, traversing the five bodhisattva paths and ten bodhisattva levels. Bodhisattvas purposely opt to remain within cyclic existence in order to liberate all sentient beings, instead of simply seeking personal freedom from suffering. Philosophically, they realize the two aspects of selflessness, with respect to afflicted mental states and the nature of all phenomena.

(See also n.­27.)

Located in 564 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2-3
  • i.­13
  • i.­19-20
  • i.­32-49
  • i.­51-56
  • i.­59-61
  • i.­63-65
  • i.­68-72
  • i.­74-79
  • i.­81-85
  • i.­88
  • i.­90-95
  • i.­97-98
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5-6
  • 1.­9-10
  • 1.­30
  • 2.­10
  • 2.­73-78
  • 2.­85
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­8-9
  • 3.­51
  • 5.­1-38
  • 5.­40-203
  • 5.­205
  • 6.­1
  • 6.­4-13
  • 6.­17-24
  • 6.­31
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­7-15
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­19
  • 7.­21
  • 7.­29-34
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-7
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­40
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­48
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­31
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28-29
  • 10.­35-36
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­3-6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­14-17
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­26-29
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­34
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­10-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­20-21
  • 15.­25-26
  • 15.­33
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­53
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­24
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­48-49
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­66-67
  • 19.­27
  • 19.­38
  • 19.­57-58
  • 19.­64-65
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­36-37
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­10
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­50
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­62
  • 24.­14-15
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­59
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­48-49
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­37
  • 26.­51
  • 26.­56
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­7-8
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­14-15
  • 28.­24-27
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­32
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­39
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­64
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­69
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 30.­13
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­20
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­30-32
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­39-41
  • 31.­58
  • 32.­6
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-31
  • 32.­35
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­43
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­16
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­62-65
  • n.­4
  • n.­27
  • n.­42
  • n.­52
  • n.­60
  • n.­62
  • n.­157
  • n.­199
  • n.­268
  • n.­380
  • n.­411
  • n.­442
  • g.­74
  • g.­79
  • g.­85
  • g.­138
  • g.­157
  • g.­199
  • g.­201
  • g.­210
  • g.­336
  • g.­377
  • g.­431
  • g.­493
  • g.­592
  • g.­681
  • g.­688
  • g.­690
  • g.­695
  • g.­777
  • g.­803
  • g.­890
  • g.­891
  • g.­892
  • g.­893
  • g.­894
  • g.­895
  • g.­896
  • g.­897
  • g.­942
  • g.­951
  • g.­1032
  • g.­1059
  • g.­1060
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1279
  • g.­1280
  • g.­1281
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1352
  • g.­1420
  • g.­1436
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1455
  • g.­1469
  • g.­1507
  • g.­1508
  • g.­1510
  • g.­1660
  • g.­1670
  • g.­1671
  • g.­1672
  • g.­1695
g.­171

body hairs are bluish black

Wylie:
  • spu mthon ting can
Tibetan:
  • སྤུ་མཐོན་ཏིང་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­nīla­roma­tā

Fifty-first of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­59
  • 29.­52
g.­172

body hairs are clean

Wylie:
  • spu gtsang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • suci­roma­tā

Fifty-second of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­59
  • 29.­52
g.­173

body hairs that point upwards

Wylie:
  • sku’i spu gyen du phyogs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུའི་སྤུ་གྱེན་དུ་ཕྱོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūr­dhvāgra­roma­tā

Twelfth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­21
  • 29.­30
g.­174

body is clean

Wylie:
  • sku gtsang ba
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་གཙང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śuci­gātra­tā

Fourth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­35
  • 29.­40
g.­175

body is firm, like that of Nārāyaṇa

Wylie:
  • sred med kyi bu’i ltar sku grims pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་མེད་ཀྱི་བུའི་ལྟར་སྐུ་གྲིམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nārāyaṇat su­saṃhata­gātra­tā

Second of the eighty minor marks. See “Nārāyaṇa.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­34
  • 29.­40
g.­176

body is immaculate and without unpleasant odors

Wylie:
  • sku la dri ma med cing dri mi zhim pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ལ་དྲི་མ་མེད་ཅིང་དྲི་མི་ཞིམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyapa­gata­tilaka­gātra­tā

Thirty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­50
  • 29.­48
g.­177

body is lustrous

Wylie:
  • sku snum bag can
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་སྣུམ་བག་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • snigdha­gātra­tā
  • mṛṣṭa­gātra­tā

Seventh of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­37
  • 29.­41
g.­178

body is not slouched

Wylie:
  • sku ma btud pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མ་བཏུད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­jihma­gātra­tā

Eighth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­37
  • 29.­41
g.­179

body is soft

Wylie:
  • sku ’jam pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛdu­gātra­tā

Fifth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­36
  • 29.­41
g.­180

body is supple

Wylie:
  • sku mnyen pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་མཉེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­kumāra­gātra­tā

Sixth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­36
  • 29.­41
g.­181

body is well formed

Wylie:
  • sku dbyibs legs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་དབྱིབས་ལེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vṛtta­gātra­tā

Fourteenth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­40
  • 29.­43
g.­182

body is well proportioned

Wylie:
  • sku shin tu legs par ’brel pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ལེགས་པར་འབྲེལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛṣṭa­gātra­tā

Fifteenth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­41
  • 29.­43
g.­183

Boundless Inspiration

Wylie:
  • spobs pa mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta­prabhā

Name of the seventy-sixth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­184

Boundless Light

Wylie:
  • snang ba mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta­pra­bhā

Name of the thirty-fifth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­185

Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A high-ranking deity presiding over a divine world; he is also considered to be the lord of the Sahā world (our universe). Though not considered a creator god in Buddhism, Brahmā occupies an important place as one of two gods (the other being Indra/Śakra) said to have first exhorted the Buddha Śākyamuni to teach the Dharma. The particular heavens found in the form realm over which Brahmā rules are often some of the most sought-after realms of higher rebirth in Buddhist literature. Since there are many universes or world systems, there are also multiple Brahmās presiding over them. His most frequent epithets are “Lord of the Sahā World” (sahāṃpati) and Great Brahmā (mahābrahman).

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 2.­2-5
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­41
  • 13.­39
  • 15.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 16.­21
  • 26.­42-43
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­19-21
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­47
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­50
  • g.­186
  • g.­187
  • g.­188
  • g.­492
  • g.­934
g.­186

Brahmakāyika

Wylie:
  • tshangs ris
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmakāyika

First god realm of form, meaning “stratum of Brahmā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­23
  • 17.­51
  • 30.­19
  • n.­309
  • g.­1265
g.­187

Brahma­pari­ṣadya

Wylie:
  • tshangs ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • brahma­pari­ṣadya

Second god realm of form, meaning “retinue of Brahmā.” Also called “Brahmapurohita.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­52
  • n.­309
  • g.­188
g.­188

Brahmapurohita

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i mdun na ’don
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་མདུན་ན་འདོན།
Sanskrit:
  • brahmapurohita

Second god realm of form, meaning “priest Brahmā.” Also called “Brahma­pari­ṣadya.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • n.­309
  • g.­187
  • g.­1265
g.­189

brāhmin priest

Wylie:
  • bram ze
Tibetan:
  • བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit:
  • brāhmaṇa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A member of the highest of the four castes in Indian society, which is closely associated with religious vocations.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­37
  • 17.­48
  • 25.­49
  • 33.­50
g.­190

brain tissue

Wylie:
  • klad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀླད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mastaka

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­191

branches of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅga

Also rendered here as “branches of genuine enlightenment.” See “seven branches of enlightenment.”

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­21
  • 7.­7
  • 8.­34-35
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 29.­13
  • 29.­66
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­192

Bṛhat­phala

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu che
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • bṛhat­phala

Twefth god realm of form, meaning “great fruition.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­21
  • 17.­51-52
  • 26.­43
  • 30.­19
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­193

Bringer of Joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba byed pa
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • rati­kara

Name of the thirty-ninth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­194

brittle

Wylie:
  • rab tu ’jig pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་འཇིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bhaṅgurataḥ

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­3
g.­195

broad heels

Wylie:
  • rting pa yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟིང་པ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­yata­pārṣṇi­tā

Sixth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­18-19
  • 29.­27
g.­196

buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • buddha

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones.

Located in 156 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­1
  • i.­26
  • i.­29
  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­39
  • i.­42
  • i.­57
  • i.­60-61
  • i.­67
  • i.­73
  • i.­91
  • i.­97-99
  • 1.­1
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­69
  • 6.­48-49
  • 7.­15-18
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­48-49
  • 9.­34
  • 9.­36-37
  • 10.­1-2
  • 10.­22
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­39
  • 14.­12
  • 14.­44-45
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­35
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­45
  • 15.­47
  • 16.­9
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­38
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­69
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­35-36
  • 21.­22
  • 22.­40
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­47
  • 25.­15-16
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­6-7
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­8
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­37
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­18-19
  • 32.­32
  • 32.­39
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­49
  • 33.­6
  • 33.­11-13
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­69
  • n.­4-5
  • n.­14
  • n.­18
  • n.­22
  • n.­42
  • n.­52
  • n.­60
  • n.­64
  • n.­205
  • n.­272
  • n.­321
  • n.­350
  • n.­436
  • g.­62
  • g.­77
  • g.­137
  • g.­163
  • g.­198
  • g.­199
  • g.­202
  • g.­203
  • g.­267
  • g.­377
  • g.­386
  • g.­408
  • g.­446
  • g.­492
  • g.­597
  • g.­617
  • g.­625
  • g.­670
  • g.­675
  • g.­751
  • g.­752
  • g.­753
  • g.­754
  • g.­875
  • g.­924
  • g.­925
  • g.­932
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1145
  • g.­1237
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1329
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1343
  • g.­1349
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1480
  • g.­1494
  • g.­1509
  • g.­1522
  • g.­1523
  • g.­1552
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1637
  • g.­1676
  • g.­1685
g.­197

buddha body of emanation

Wylie:
  • sprul pa’i sku
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲུལ་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­māṇa­kaya

The buddha body of emanation is the visible and usually physical manifestation of fully enlightened beings which arises spontaneously from the expanse of the buddha body of reality, whenever appropriate‌, in accordance with the diverse dispositions of sentient beings.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
  • n.­64
  • g.­199
  • g.­1540
g.­198

buddha body of essentiality

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid sku
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • svābhāvika­kāya

This indicates either an active or a passive distinction in the buddha body of reality, or the underlying indivisible essence of the three buddha bodies.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
g.­199

buddha body of form

Wylie:
  • gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpa­kāya

According to the Lesser Vehicle, the buddha body of form refers to the thousand buddhas of the Auspicious Eon, including Śākyamuni. In the Great Vehicle, however, the term includes both the buddha body of perfect resource which appears in a pure light form to tenth level bodhisattvas and the buddha body of emanation which manifests physically for the sake of all beings.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­30
  • n.­380
  • g.­1259
g.­200

buddha body of gnosis and reality

Wylie:
  • ye shes chos sku
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཆོས་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñānad­harma­kāya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
g.­201

buddha body of perfect resource

Wylie:
  • longs spyod rdzogs pa’i sku
Tibetan:
  • ལོངས་སྤྱོད་རྫོགས་པའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhoga­kāya

The buddha body of perfect resource denotes the luminous, immaterial, and unimpeded reflection-like forms of enlightened mind, which become spontaneously present and naturally manifest to tenth level bodhisattvas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • i.­89
  • g.­199
g.­202

buddha body of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sku
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmakāya

The ultimate nature or essence of the fruitional enlightened mind of the buddhas, which is non-arising, free from the limits of conceptual elaboration, empty of inherent existence, naturally radiant, beyond duality, and spacious.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­28
  • 33.­30
  • n.­380
  • g.­197
  • g.­198
  • g.­1259
  • g.­1480
g.­203

buddhafield

Wylie:
  • zhing khams
Tibetan:
  • ཞིང་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣetra

This term denotes the operational field of a specific buddha, spontaneously arising as a result of their altruistic aspirations. (See also n.­18).

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • i.­77
  • 1.­5
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­36
  • 13.­11
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­37-39
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­28
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­55
  • 21.­14-15
  • 21.­24
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-45
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­47-49
  • 26.­52
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­20
  • 32.­26-31
  • 32.­33-35
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­40-41
  • 32.­57
  • 32.­59
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­65
  • n.­18
g.­204

Burning Lamp

Wylie:
  • sgron ma ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོན་མ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • jvalanolkā

Name of the eighty-ninth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­205

burning tree stump

Wylie:
  • sdong dum tshig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡོང་དུམ་ཚིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dagdha­sthūṇā­kṛti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­1
g.­206

calamitous

Wylie:
  • rnam par gnod par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གནོད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­dravataḥ

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­3
g.­207

calm

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti

Also translated here as “calmness” and “peace.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­56
  • i.­58
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­18-21
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­54-55
  • 5.­78-79
  • 5.­102-103
  • 5.­122
  • 5.­134
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­151
  • 5.­163
  • 5.­175
  • 5.­187
  • 5.­199
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 10.­39
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­60
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­4
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­9-11
  • 19.­5
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­40
  • 20.­15
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­11
  • 22.­18
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­30
  • 26.­41
  • 30.­11
  • 33.­50
  • n.­293
  • g.­208
  • g.­973
  • g.­997
  • g.­1183
g.­208

calmness

Wylie:
  • zhi ba
Tibetan:
  • ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śānti

Also translated here as “calm” and “peace.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­34
  • n.­346
  • g.­207
  • g.­1183
g.­209

calves resembling those of an antelope

Wylie:
  • byin pa ri dags e ne ya’i lta bu dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱིན་པ་རི་དགས་ཨེ་ནེ་ཡའི་ལྟ་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • eṇeya­jaṅgha­tā

Eighth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­19
  • 29.­28
g.­210

Candra­garbha

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i snying po
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­garbha

Name of a bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­211

capable of assuming material form

Wylie:
  • gzugs su rung ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་སུ་རུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­70
  • 20.­52
g.­212

captivating speech

Wylie:
  • gzung ba’i tshig
Tibetan:
  • གཟུང་བའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit:
  • grahaṇa­pada

This term can also mean “comprehensible speech,” in contrast to gzung ba med pa’i tshig (agrahaṇapada) or “incomprehensible speech.” See Negi (1993-2005): 5505.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­3
g.­213

carefree inaction

Wylie:
  • phrin las chung ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲིན་ལས་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • alposuka­tā

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73
  • 23.­9
  • n.­373
g.­214

carelessness

Wylie:
  • bag med pa
Tibetan:
  • བག་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­māda

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­42
g.­215

carried out their duties

Wylie:
  • lhag par bya ba byed
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པར་བྱ་བ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛtādhi­karoti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­9
g.­216

Catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika

Wylie:
  • rgyal chen bzhi’i ris
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་ཆེན་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­mahā­rāja­kāyika

First god realm of desire, meaning “abode of the four great kings.”

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 15.­1-2
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­26
  • 17.­51-54
  • 17.­56
  • 19.­35-36
  • 19.­49
  • 19.­51-52
  • 24.­18
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • 33.­65
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­217

cause one to know

Wylie:
  • shes pa ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • jñānaṃ pra­vartate

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­26-27
g.­218

ceasing

Wylie:
  • ’gag pa
Tibetan:
  • འགག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodha

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­45
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­21
  • 5.­60-61
  • 5.­84-85
  • 5.­108-109
  • 5.­137
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­154
  • 5.­166
  • 5.­178
  • 5.­190
  • 5.­202
  • 6.­29-30
  • 6.­32
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­18
  • 33.­27
g.­219

cerebral secretion

Wylie:
  • klad rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཀླད་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • gūthaka

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­220

Certainty in the Expanse of Reality

Wylie:
  • dbyings su nges pa
Tibetan:
  • དབྱིངས་སུ་ངེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmā­dhatu­niyata

Name of the eighth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­221

cessation of contaminants

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣīnāsrava
  • ā­srava­kṣaya

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­46
  • 25.­7
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­32
  • g.­1545
g.­222

cessation of delusion

Wylie:
  • gti mug zad pa
Tibetan:
  • གཏི་མུག་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mohakṣaya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­223

cessation of desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags zad pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • rāga­kṣaya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­224

cessation of hatred

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dveṣa­kṣaya

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­82
  • g.­1611
g.­225

chapter

Wylie:
  • le’u
Tibetan:
  • ལེའུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­varta

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­9
  • i.­11
  • i.­13
  • i.­17
  • i.­29-34
  • i.­36
  • i.­38
  • i.­41
  • i.­43
  • i.­45-46
  • i.­48
  • i.­51-52
  • i.­55-56
  • i.­58
  • i.­60-64
  • i.­66-68
  • i.­71
  • i.­73
  • i.­76
  • i.­78
  • i.­80-81
  • i.­83
  • i.­85
  • i.­88-91
  • i.­93
  • i.­95
  • i.­97
  • i.­99
  • 1.­82
  • 2.­95
  • 3.­108
  • 4.­59
  • 5.­205
  • 6.­54
  • 7.­47
  • 8.­55
  • 9.­48
  • 10.­22
  • 10.­37
  • 10.­47
  • 11.­20
  • 11.­43
  • 12.­43
  • 13.­1
  • 13.­67
  • 14.­63
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­55
  • 16.­32
  • 17.­63
  • 18.­78
  • 19.­36
  • 19.­67
  • 20.­78-79
  • 21.­39
  • 22.­59
  • 23.­44
  • 23.­63
  • 24.­62
  • 25.­54
  • 26.­62
  • 27.­37
  • 28.­51
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­94
  • 30.­49
  • 31.­70
  • 32.­56
  • 32.­58
  • 32.­60
  • 33.­72
  • n.­52
  • n.­64
  • n.­67
  • n.­133
  • n.­143
  • n.­190-191
  • n.­205
  • n.­294
  • n.­404
  • n.­436
  • n.­445
g.­226

chiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong chung ngu’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་ཆུང་ངུའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāhasra­loka­dhātu

A series of one thousand parallel human worlds, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­2
  • 11.­2
  • 33.­46
  • n.­196
  • g.­378
g.­227

clear realization

Wylie:
  • mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­samaya

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­54
  • 3.­51
  • 4.­49
  • 11.­32
  • 14.­50-51
  • 18.­60-61
  • n.­318
  • n.­330
  • n.­428
  • g.­228
  • g.­331
  • g.­646
  • g.­820
  • g.­1417
  • g.­1621
  • g.­1622
  • g.­1623
g.­228

clear realization of all phenomena

Wylie:
  • rnam kun mngon rdzogs rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཀུན་མངོན་རྫོགས་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākārābhi­sam­bodha

Fourth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­29
  • i.­66
  • i.­95
  • n.­387
g.­229

close-fitting teeth

Wylie:
  • tshems thags bzang
Tibetan:
  • ཚེམས་ཐགས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit:
  • a­virala­danta­tā

Twenty-second of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 29.­33
g.­230

clothing

Wylie:
  • na bza’
Tibetan:
  • ན་བཟའ།
Sanskrit:
  • vastra

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­61
  • 21.­13
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­31
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­62
g.­231

cognition

Wylie:
  • shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also translated as “knowledge.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 8.­39
  • 8.­47-49
  • 11.­31
  • 12.­16-17
  • 17.­45
  • 19.­26
  • 21.­9
  • 25.­48
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15
  • 29.­23
  • 32.­51
  • g.­864
g.­232

cognizance

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes par byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པར་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāpanī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­70
g.­233

collarbones that are well covered

Wylie:
  • thal gong rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐལ་གོང་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citāntarāṃsa­tā

Seventeenth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­24
  • 29.­32
g.­234

combined humoral disorders

Wylie:
  • ’dus pa las gyur pa’i nad
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་པ་ལས་གྱུར་པའི་ནད།
Sanskrit:
  • sāṃ­ni­pātikā­vyādhi

Fourth of the four kinds of disease.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­41
  • 33.­23
g.­235

come to be styled

Wylie:
  • grangs su ’gro
Tibetan:
  • གྲངས་སུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sāṃkhyāṃ gacchati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­25
g.­236

commencing from the reality of illusion

Wylie:
  • sgyu ma’i chos nyid nye bar bzung na
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་མའི་ཆོས་ཉིད་ཉེ་བར་བཟུང་ན།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā­dharmatām­upādāya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 10.­5
g.­237

commit them to

Wylie:
  • sbyor bar byed
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­yojayati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­39
g.­238

commit to writing

Wylie:
  • glegs bam du chud par byed pa
  • yi ger ’bri
Tibetan:
  • གླེགས་བམ་དུ་ཆུད་པར་བྱེད་པ།
  • ཡི་གེར་འབྲི།
Sanskrit:
  • pustaka­gatāṃ karoti
  • likhati

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­46-48
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­13-15
  • 21.­23-24
  • 33.­17
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­41
  • 33.­49
  • 33.­70
g.­239

common phenomena

Wylie:
  • thun mong gi chos
Tibetan:
  • ཐུན་མོང་གི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • sādhāraṇa­dharma

Common phenomena from the perspective of ordinary persons, as described in 2.­83, include the following: the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless meditative absorptions, and the [first] five extrasensory powers.

(See also n.­141).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­83
  • 3.­4
g.­240

compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ།
Sanskrit:
  • karuṇā

Second of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • i.­59
  • 1.­31
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­2
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
  • g.­1056
g.­241

Complete Elimination of Right and Wrong

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa dang log pa thams cad yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པ་དང་ལོག་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva-samyak­tva­mithyā­tva­saṃgrasana
  • samyak­tva­mithyā­tva­saṃgrasana

Name of the ninety-sixth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­242

completely perfect buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddha
  • samyak­sam­buddha­tva

See “genuinely perfect buddha.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­82
  • 4.­49
  • 6.­9-11
  • 6.­22
  • 7.­14
  • 7.­32
  • 25.­47
  • g.­670
g.­243

completely perfect eyeballs

Wylie:
  • spyan gyi tshogs yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་གྱི་ཚོགས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • netra­gaṇa­paripūrṇa­tā

Twenty-ninth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­30
  • 29.­35
g.­244

complexion is radiant

Wylie:
  • mdog gsal ba dag
Tibetan:
  • མདོག་གསལ་བ་དག
Sanskrit:
  • bhāsvara­varṇa­tā

Thirty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­51
  • 29.­48
g.­245

comprehend

Wylie:
  • yongs su shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­jānāti

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­11
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­56
g.­246

comprehensibility

Wylie:
  • ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nimittodgrahaṇa
  • udgrahaṇa

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­70
  • 20.­52
g.­247

conceive of

Wylie:
  • rtog par byed
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpayati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­4
  • 12.­28
  • 19.­29
  • 20.­69
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­59
g.­248

conceived

Wylie:
  • gdags pa yod
Tibetan:
  • གདགས་པ་ཡོད།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­jñaptir bhaviṣyati

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­52
  • 20.­77
  • 32.­37
g.­249

conceptual elaboration

Wylie:
  • spros pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­pañca

This term denotes the presence of discursive or conceptual thought processes. Their absence or deconstruction is characteristic of the realization of emptiness or actual reality.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • i.­19
  • 20.­13
  • 25.­37
  • g.­202
  • g.­445
  • g.­932
g.­250

conceptual notion

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kalpa

Also translated here as “false imagination.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­63
  • 8.­12
  • 16.­32
  • 18.­67
  • 18.­69
  • 22.­17
  • 24.­23
  • n.­322
  • g.­565
g.­251

conceptualize

Wylie:
  • mtshan mar byed
  • mtshan mar ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མར་བྱེད།
  • མཚན་མར་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • nimittī karoti

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 9.­6
  • 19.­55
  • 23.­54-55
  • 28.­12
g.­252

conceptualized as names and symbols

Wylie:
  • ming gi brdar btags pa
Tibetan:
  • མིང་གི་བརྡར་བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāma­sāṃketikī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 3.­50
g.­253

conclusion

Wylie:
  • mjug sdud
Tibetan:
  • མཇུག་སྡུད།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­gamana

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 33.­72
g.­254

concomitance

Wylie:
  • mtshungs ldan
Tibetan:
  • མཚུངས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­pra­yuktaka

This denotes the five aspects of concomitance between mind and its mental states, which may concern (1) location or support (gnas sam rten), (2) objective referent (dmigs pa), (3) sensum (rnam pa), (4) time (dus), or (5) substance (rdzas).

(See also n.­370).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­370
g.­255

condition (something)

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­saṃ­skaroti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­26
  • 31.­37
g.­256

conditioned

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 2.­73
  • 6.­47
  • 7.­6
  • 9.­27
  • 9.­29
  • 9.­42
  • 10.­24-26
  • 11.­4
  • 14.­28
  • 15.­5
  • 19.­54
  • 20.­47
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­11
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­69-71
  • 29.­73-74
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­84
  • 29.­88
  • 30.­15
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­41
  • 33.­33
  • n.­141
  • g.­334
  • g.­581
  • g.­670
g.­257

conditioned element

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas kyi khams
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta­dhātu

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­2
  • 6.­12
  • 14.­13
  • 15.­41
  • 16.­11
  • 19.­59
  • 27.­26
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­32
  • 29.­78
g.­258

conditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas kyi chos
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta­dharma

Conditioned phenomena, as described in 2.­81, include the following: the world system of desire, the world system of form, the world system of formlessness, and likewise, the five psycho-physical aggregates, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, the four formless meditative absorptions, and similarly, all those [aforementioned] attributes extending from the four applications of mindfulness, up to and including the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

(See also n.­141).

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 1.­70-71
  • 2.­81
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­21
  • 17.­11
  • 18.­24
  • 28.­34-35
  • 28.­37
  • 32.­25
  • n.­50
g.­259

conditioning

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’du byed pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­saṃ­skāra

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­70
  • 11.­26-28
  • 12.­5
  • 20.­52
  • 27.­7
  • g.­611
  • g.­1493
g.­260

conducive to emancipation

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byin pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nair­yāṇika

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­5
  • 20.­54
  • 29.­21
g.­261

conduct

Wylie:
  • spyod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • caryā

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­49
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­17
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 21.­26-28
  • 22.­3
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­41
  • 22.­54-55
  • 23.­49
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­20
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­34
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­35
  • 33.­70
  • n.­23
  • n.­431
  • g.­875
  • g.­1531
g.­262

confess

Wylie:
  • bshags par bgyi
Tibetan:
  • བཤགས་པར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit:
  • deśayati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­27
g.­263

confidence

Wylie:
  • mngon par yid ches pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཡིད་ཆེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­saṃ­pratyaya

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­5
  • 9.­7
  • 26.­55
  • 31.­28-29
  • 33.­70
g.­264

confidence

Wylie:
  • dang ba
Tibetan:
  • དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­sāda

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­1-2
g.­265

conjoined

Wylie:
  • ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­yukta

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 9.­15
  • 12.­32
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
g.­266

connected with

Wylie:
  • lhan cig tu yang dag par ’du
Tibetan:
  • ལྷན་ཅིག་ཏུ་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­ava­sarati

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­34-35
  • n.­370
g.­267

consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāna

Third of the twelve links of dependent origination. Consciousness is defined as “an awareness which is knowing and luminous.” Not being physical, it lacks resistance to obstruction. It has neither shape nor color, and it can be experienced but not externally perceived as an object. A distinction is made between the mundane consciousness of sentient beings, and the gnosis of the buddhas. In the context‌ of the present discourse, the former includes six aspects of consciousness, namely, visual consciousness, auditory consciousness, olfactory consciousness, tactile consciousness, and mental consciousness, the last of which objectively refers to mental phenomena.

Located in 314 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55-56
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­4-5
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22-23
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20-21
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49-51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-18
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 24.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­73-75
  • 30.­7
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­24
  • n.­4
  • n.­44
  • n.­407
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­675
  • g.­1173
g.­268

consciousness element

Wylie:
  • rnam par she spa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཤེ་སྤའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñāna­dhātu

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 5.­12
  • 5.­20
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­12
  • 15.­16
g.­269

Consecrated

Wylie:
  • rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­pratiṣṭhita

Name of the fifty-fourth meditative stability.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­12
  • 16.­19
g.­270

Consecrated as a King of Meditative Stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi rgyal po ltar rab tu gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ལྟར་རབ་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­rāja­suprati­ṣṭhita

Name of the twelfth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­271

consider

Wylie:
  • mos par byed
Tibetan:
  • མོས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­mucyate

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­56
g.­272

consider

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rjes su lta ba
  • yang dag par rjes su mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་ལྟ་བ།
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­anu­paśyati

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­73
  • 6.­1-2
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 17.­47
  • 19.­65
  • 21.­5-7
  • 25.­2
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­35
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­62
  • g.­846
  • g.­1214
g.­273

construe

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog par ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kalpiṣyati

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • 15.­8
  • 16.­10-11
g.­274

contaminated phenomena

Wylie:
  • zag pa dang bcas pa’i chos
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་དང་བཅས་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāsrava­dharma

Contaminated phenomena, as found in 2.­79, include the following: the five psycho-physical aggregates which are encompassed in the three world systems, the twelve sense fields, the eighteen sensory elements, the four meditative concentrations, the four immeasurable aspirations, and the four formless meditative absorptions.

(See also n.­141).

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­79
  • 3.­4
  • 17.­11
  • 29.­88
  • 32.­25
g.­275

contemplation

Wylie:
  • nges par sems pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་སེམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­ni­dhyāpana

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­29
  • 9.­16
  • 31.­30
g.­276

contemplation of a bloated corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par bam pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བམ་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vyādhmātaka­saṃjñā

First of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­277

contemplation of a bloody corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par dmar ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་དམར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­lohitaka­saṃjñā

Third of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­278

contemplation of a blue-black corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par sngos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྔོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­nīlaka­saṃjñā

Fifth of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­279

contemplation of a devoured corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par zos pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཟོས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­khāditaka­saṃjñā

Sixth of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­280

contemplation of a dismembered corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’thor ba’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kṣiptaka­saṃjñā

Seventh of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­281

contemplation of a putrefied corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par rnags pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྣགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­pūyaka­samjñā

Fourth of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­282

contemplation of a skeleton

Wylie:
  • rus gong gi ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རུས་གོང་གི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • asthi­saṃjñā

Eighth of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • 31.­30
  • g.­1055
g.­283

contemplation of a worm-infested corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’bus gzhigs pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འབུས་གཞིགས་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­paḍumaka­saṃjñā

Second of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­284

contemplation of an immolated corpse

Wylie:
  • rnam par tshig pa’i ’du shes
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཚིག་པའི་འདུ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­dagdhaka­saṃjñā

Ninth of the nine contemplations of impurity.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­35
  • 2.­75
  • g.­1055
g.­285

context

Wylie:
  • gleng gzhi
Tibetan:
  • གླེང་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • nidāna

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­63
  • 1.­82
  • 4.­33
  • 5.­203-204
  • 8.­7
  • 9.­10
  • 9.­45
  • 10.­22
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­38
  • 12.­40
  • 12.­42
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­39
  • 15.­50
  • 17.­3
  • 30.­23-24
  • 30.­29
  • n.­190
  • n.­271
  • g.­667
  • g.­1558
  • g.­1726
g.­286

contexts

Wylie:
  • gleng gzhi’i sde
Tibetan:
  • གླེང་གཞིའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • nidāna

Sixth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­17-18
g.­287

contoured

Wylie:
  • gshong
Tibetan:
  • གཤོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • nimna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 33.­33
g.­288

contract

Wylie:
  • dog par bgyid
Tibetan:
  • དོག་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • parīttī­karoti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­22
  • 17.­24
g.­289

contracted male organ

Wylie:
  • ’doms kyi sba ba sbubs su nub pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོམས་ཀྱི་སྦ་བ་སྦུབས་སུ་ནུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kośāvahita­vasti­guhya­tā

Tenth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­20
  • 29.­29
g.­290

conventional ethical discipline

Wylie:
  • brda can gyi tshul khrims
Tibetan:
  • བརྡ་ཅན་གྱི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāṅ­ketika­śīla

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­7
g.­291

conventionally designated

Wylie:
  • tha snyad du ’dogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐ་སྙད་དུ་འདོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyava­hriyate

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­10-49
  • 19.­46
  • 30.­5
g.­292

Convergence of All Mental Afflictions in Non-affliction

Wylie:
  • nyon mongs pa med pa nyon mongs pa dang bcas pa thams cad yang dag par ’du ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉོན་མོངས་པ་མེད་པ་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་བཅས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འདུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­saraṇa­sarva­samavasaraṇa

Name of the 106th meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­293

cooked food

Wylie:
  • zan
Tibetan:
  • ཟན།
Sanskrit:
  • bhakta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­26
g.­294

copper-colored nails

Wylie:
  • sen mo zangs kyi mdog lta bu dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སེན་མོ་ཟངས་ཀྱི་མདོག་ལྟ་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tāmra­nakha­tā

First of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­34
  • 29.­40
g.­295

coral tree flower

Wylie:
  • man dA ra ba
Tibetan:
  • མན་དཱ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mandārava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the five trees of Indra’s paradise, its heavenly flowers often rain down in salutation of the buddhas and bodhisattvas and are said to be very bright and aromatic, gladdening the hearts of those who see them. In our world, it is a tree native to India, Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegata, commonly known as the Indian coral tree, mandarava tree, flame tree, and tiger’s claw. In the early spring, before its leaves grow, the tree is fully covered in large flowers, which are rich in nectar and attract many birds. Although the most widespread coral tree has red crimson flowers, the color of the blossoms is not usually mentioned in the sūtras themselves, and it may refer to some other kinds, like the rarer Erythrina indica alba, which boasts white flowers.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­2
g.­296

correct

Wylie:
  • rigs
Tibetan:
  • རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • yukta

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­11
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 17.­59
  • g.­342
  • g.­716
g.­297

correct action

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i las kyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལས་ཀྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­karmānta

Fourth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­298

correct delight

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba yang dag
  • dga’ ba yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག
  • དགའ་བ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • prīti
  • prīti­bodhyaṅga

Fourth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­299

correct doctrinal analysis

Wylie:
  • chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa
  • chos rab tu rnam par ’byed pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ།
  • ཆོས་རབ་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་འབྱེད་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­pravicaya
  • dharma­pravicaya­bodhyaṅga

Second of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­300

correct effort

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtsol ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྩོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­vyāyāma

Sixth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­301

correct equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms yang dag
  • btang snyoms yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག
  • བཏང་སྙོམས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā
  • upekṣā­bodhyaṅga

Seventh of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­302

correct exertion

Wylie:
  • yang dag par spong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prahā­ṇa

See 1.­21 and 8.­22.

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­17
  • 7.­7
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­35
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­27
  • 16.­4
  • 18.­55
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­6
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­5
  • 28.­15
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­31
g.­303

correct ideation

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­kalpa

Second of the noble eightfold path. Also translated as “correct thought.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­304

correct livelihood

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ’tsho ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­ājīva

Fifth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­305

correct meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin yang dag
  • ting nge ’dzin yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi
  • samādhi­bodhyaṅga

Sixth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­306

correct meditative stability

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­sam­ādhi

Eighth of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­307

Correct mental and physical refinement

Wylie:
  • shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­śrabdhi

Fifth of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­308

correct perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
  • brtson ’grus yang dag
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཡང་དག
Sanskrit:
  • vīrya­bodhyaṅga
  • vīrya

Third of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34-35
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­309

correct recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa yang dag
  • dran pa yang dag byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག
  • དྲན་པ་ཡང་དག་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit:
  • smṛti
  • smṛti­bodhyaṅga

First of the seven branches of enlightenment.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­25
  • 8.­34
  • 29.­13
  • g.­1421
g.­310

correct recollection

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i dran pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་དྲན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­smṛti

Seventh of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­311

correct speech

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i ngag
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ངག
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­vāg

Third of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • g.­1063
g.­312

correct view

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyag­dṛṣṭi

First of the noble eightfold path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­26
  • 8.­36
  • 29.­14
  • 31.­5
  • g.­1063
g.­313

correctly disregard

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rjes su mi mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • na sam­anu­paśyati

Also translated here as “do not consider.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 29.­19-21
g.­314

cotton robe

Wylie:
  • ras bcos bu
Tibetan:
  • རས་བཅོས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dūṣya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­27
g.­315

counter-question

Wylie:
  • yongs su zhu
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཞུ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­praśni­karoti

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­17-20
  • 22.­53
  • 26.­46
  • 31.­58
g.­316

counter-questioned

Wylie:
  • yongs su zhus pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཞུས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­praśni­kṛta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 21.­16
g.­317

counterfeit path

Wylie:
  • lam ltar bcos pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་ལྟར་བཅོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārga­prati­rūpaka

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­30-31
  • 31.­33
g.­318

courage

Wylie:
  • spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna

Also translated here as “inspired eloquence.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 17.­49
  • g.­813
g.­319

courageous

Wylie:
  • rtul phod
Tibetan:
  • རྟུལ་ཕོད།
Sanskrit:
  • parā­krama

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 19.­23
g.­320

covetousness

Wylie:
  • brnab sems
Tibetan:
  • བརྣབ་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­dhyā
  • abhi­dhyā granthā

Eighth of ten non-virtuous actions; first of the four knots.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 29.­8
  • 32.­21
  • g.­626
  • g.­1109
g.­321

craving

Wylie:
  • sred pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛṣṇā

Eighth of the twelve links of dependent origination; fourth of the four torrents.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­25
  • 18.­18
  • g.­633
g.­322

craving for the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos la sred pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ལ་སྲེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­tṛṣṇā

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­3-6
g.­323

creator

Wylie:
  • byed pa po nyid
Tibetan:
  • བྱེད་པ་པོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • kartṛ­tva

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4-5
  • 10.­26
  • 20.­7
g.­324

Crest of Gnosis

Wylie:
  • ye shes tog
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna­ketu

Name of the fifty-first meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­325

Crest of Power

Wylie:
  • dbang po’i tog
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོའི་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • indra­ketu

Name of the twenty-fifth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­326

Crest of the Victory Banner of Certainty

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i rgyal mtshan tog
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • niyata­dhvaja­ketu

Name of the ninth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­327

Crest of the Victory Banner of the Moon

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i rgyal mtshan tog
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཏོག
Sanskrit:
  • candra­dhvaja­ketu

Name of fifth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­328

crimson

Wylie:
  • btsod ka
Tibetan:
  • བཙོད་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • mañjiṣṭha

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

A distinctive shade of red common in ancient India, now known as “rose madder.” It is derived from the red dye made out of the root of the madder plant (Rubia manjista, Rubia tinctorum).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 13.­43
g.­329

crookedness

Wylie:
  • gya gyu
Tibetan:
  • གྱ་གྱུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kauṭilya­tā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­23
g.­330

crown extension

Wylie:
  • spyi gtsug
  • dbu gtsug tor dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱི་གཙུག
  • དབུ་གཙུག་ཏོར་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śikha
  • uṣṇīṣa­śiraska­tā

This is listed on 29.­24 as the last (33rd) of the major marks.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­32
  • 29.­36
  • g.­1214
g.­331

culminating clear realization

Wylie:
  • rtse mor phyin pa’i mngon rtogs
Tibetan:
  • རྩེ་མོར་ཕྱིན་པའི་མངོན་རྟོགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mūrdhābhi­samaya

Fifth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­25
  • i.­29
  • i.­80
g.­332

cultivate

Wylie:
  • sgom
Tibetan:
  • སྒོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvayati

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­38-39
  • i.­44
  • i.­56
  • i.­59
  • i.­74
  • i.­76-77
  • i.­95
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­7-10
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­28-31
  • 8.­35
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 12.­4
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­23-24
  • 15.­28
  • 16.­20
  • 16.­22
  • 18.­67
  • 21.­32
  • 21.­34-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 23.­25-26
  • 23.­49-50
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­5-6
  • 24.­10-13
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­51-52
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­21
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­2-3
  • 27.­20
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­71
  • 29.­77
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­58
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­33
  • 32.­45
g.­333

cultivation

Wylie:
  • bsgom pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྒོམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāvanā

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­64
  • i.­71
  • i.­80
  • 1.­21
  • 9.­16
  • 9.­29-30
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­49
  • 19.­21
  • 22.­44-49
  • 22.­59
  • 23.­55
  • 24.­5-6
  • 24.­11
  • 28.­1
  • 31.­26
  • n.­388
  • g.­170
  • g.­1181
g.­334

cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ’khor ba
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃsāra

A state of involuntary existence conditioned by afflicted mental states and the imprint of past actions, characterised by suffering in a cycle of life, death, and rebirth. On its reversal, the contrasting state of nirvāṇa is attained, free from suffering and the processes of rebirth.

Located in 45 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­48
  • i.­64
  • i.­78
  • i.­81
  • i.­83
  • i.­88
  • i.­96
  • 1.­67
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­38
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­40
  • 15.­2
  • 17.­1
  • 19.­23
  • 21.­33
  • 24.­46
  • 25.­33
  • 26.­3
  • 27.­9-10
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­27
  • 30.­46
  • 31.­30
  • 33.­7
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­61
  • n.­22
  • n.­292
  • g.­156
  • g.­170
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­581
  • g.­587
  • g.­695
  • g.­716
  • g.­836
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1493
  • g.­1596
  • g.­1676
g.­335

cymbal

Wylie:
  • sil snyan
Tibetan:
  • སིལ་སྙན།
Sanskrit:
  • vādya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­57
g.­336

daughter of enlightened heritage

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi bu mo
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kula­duhitā
  • kulaputrī

A term of endearment, used by a teacher when adressing a female follower of the bodhisattva path.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­37
  • 22.­1
  • 25.­45-46
  • 33.­61
g.­337

daughter-in-law

Wylie:
  • bu smad
Tibetan:
  • བུ་སྨད།
Sanskrit:
  • putra­dārā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­6
g.­338

day lotus

Wylie:
  • pad ma
Tibetan:
  • པད་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • padma

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­60
  • 23.­45
g.­339

death and transmigration

Wylie:
  • ’chi ’pho
Tibetan:
  • འཆི་འཕོ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­patti

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 20.­8
g.­340

debased in virtue

Wylie:
  • dge bas smad pa
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བས་སྨད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­hīna­vṛttīn

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­19
g.­341

decrease

Wylie:
  • ’grib pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྲིབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • hāṇi

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­45
  • 7.­32
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­45
g.­342

dedication

Wylie:
  • bsngo ba
  • yongs su bsngo ba
Tibetan:
  • བསྔོ་བ།
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བསྔོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­ṇāma

The establishment of the correct motivation at the beginning of any practice or endeavor and the altruistic dedication at the end are regarded as highly significant. The most popular objects of the dedication are the flourishing of the sacred teachings of Buddhism throughout the universe and the attainment of full enlightenment by all sentient beings.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­22
  • i.­56
  • 15.­8-9
  • 18.­68
  • 23.­54
  • 24.­59
  • 24.­61
  • 26.­9
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12-15
  • 27.­17-25
  • 31.­10
  • n.­393
g.­343

deep blue eyes

Wylie:
  • spyan mthon ting lta bu
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་མཐོན་ཏིང་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­nīla­netra­tā

Twenty-eighth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­29
  • 29.­35
g.­344

defining characteristic

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

Located in 63 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • i.­67
  • i.­71
  • i.­88
  • i.­93
  • 1.­27-28
  • 1.­70
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­55
  • 6.­23-24
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­40
  • 12.­32-42
  • 14.­4
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
  • 18.­59
  • 20.­24
  • 20.­44-54
  • 22.­6
  • 23.­28
  • 25.­2
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­3-6
  • 28.­8
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­19
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­82
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­10
  • 31.­1
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­41
g.­345

defining characteristics of the essential nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid kyi mtshan nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་མཚན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva­lakṣaṇa

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­2-13
g.­346

Definitive Engagement in Precise Lexical Explanation

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i tshig la gdon mi za bar ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་ལ་གདོན་མི་ཟ་བར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ukti­niyata­praveśa

Name of the sixteenth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­347

definitive knowledge of all the afflicted and purified mental states and their emergence, with respect to the faculties, powers, branches of enlightenment, aspects of liberation, meditative concentrations, meditative stabilities, and formless absorption

Wylie:
  • dbang po dang stobs dang byang chub kyi yan lag dang rnam par thar pa dang bsam gtan dang ting nge ’dzin dang snyoms par ’jug pa’i kun nas nyon mongs pa dang rnam par byang ba dang ldang pa shes pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་དང་སྟོབས་དང་བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དང་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་དང་བསམ་གཏན་དང་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་དང་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པའི་ཀུན་ནས་ཉོན་མོངས་པ་དང་རྣམ་པར་བྱང་བ་དང་ལྡང་པ་ཤེས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvendriya­bala­bodhyaṅga­vimokṣa­dhyāna­samādhi­samāpatti­saṃkleśa­vyavadāna-vyuthāna­yathā­bhūta­pra­jñāna

Eighth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­348

definitive knowledge of multiple world systems and diverse dispositions

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten kyi khams du ma pa khams sna tshogs pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཀྱི་ཁམས་དུ་མ་པ་ཁམས་སྣ་ཚོགས་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nānalokadhātunānadhātuyathābhūtaprajñāna

Fourth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­349

definitive knowledge of the diversity of inclinations and the multiplicity of inclinations that other sentient beings and other individuals have

Wylie:
  • sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi mos pa sna tshogs nyid dang mos pa du ma nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་མོས་པ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཉིད་དང་མོས་པ་དུ་མ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anya­sattva­pudgala-nānādhi­muktyan­ekādhi­mukti­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

Fifth or sixth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­350

definitive knowledge of the paths that lead anywhere

Wylie:
  • thams cad du ’gro ba’i lam yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འགྲོ་བའི་ལམ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvatra­gāmanī-prati­padyathābhūta­prajñāna

Seventh of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­351

definitive knowledge of the recollection of multiple past abodes, and of the transference of consciousness at the death and birth of all sentient beings

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi gnas rnam pa du ma rjes su dran pa dang sems can rnams kyi ’chi ’pho dang skye ba yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྣམ་པ་དུ་མ་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་དང་སེམས་ཅན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་འཆི་འཕོ་དང་སྐྱེ་བ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­eka­pūrva­nivāsānu­smṛti­cyutyutpatti­yathābhūta­prajñāna

Ninth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­352

definitive knowledge of whether the acumen of other sentient beings and other individuals is supreme or not

Wylie:
  • sems can gzhan dag dang gang zag gzhan rnams kyi dbang po mchog dang mchog ma yin pa nyid yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་གཞན་དག་དང་གང་ཟག་གཞན་རྣམས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ་མཆོག་དང་མཆོག་མ་ཡིན་པ་ཉིད་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anya­sattva­pudgalendriya­varāvara-yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

Sixth or fifth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­353

definitive knowledge that things which are impossible are indeed impossible

Wylie:
  • gnas ma yin pa la yang gnas ma yin par yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་མ་ཡིན་པ་ལ་ཡང་གནས་མ་ཡིན་པར་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sthānāsthāna­yathā­bhūta­pra­jñāna

Second of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­354

definitive knowledge that things which are possible are indeed possible

Wylie:
  • gnas la yang gnas su yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • གནས་ལ་ཡང་གནས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sthāna­sthāna­yathā­bhūta­prajñāna

First of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­355

definitive knowledge that through one’s own extrasensory powers one has actualized, achieved, and maintained in this very lifetime the liberation of mind and the liberation of wisdom in the state that is free from contaminants because all contaminants have ceased

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
  • zag pa zad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­srava-kṣaya­yathābhūta­pra­jñāna
  • ā­srava-kṣaya

Tenth of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­356

definitive knowledge, through possibilities and causes, of the maturation of past, future, and present actions, and of those who undertake such actions

Wylie:
  • ’das pa dang ma ’ongs pa dang da ltar byung ba’i las rnams dang las yang dag par len pa rnams kyi rnam par smin pa gnas kyi sgo dang rgyu’i sgo nas yang dag pa ji lta ba bzhin du rab tu shes pa
Tibetan:
  • འདས་པ་དང་མ་འོངས་པ་དང་ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་ལས་རྣམས་དང་ལས་ཡང་དག་པར་ལེན་པ་རྣམས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ་གནས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་དང་རྒྱུའི་སྒོ་ནས་ཡང་དག་པ་ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་དུ་རབ་ཏུ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atītānāgata­pratyutpanna­sarva­karma­samādāna­hetu­vipāka­yathā­bhūta-pra­jñāna

Third of the ten powers of the tathāgatas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­1
  • 29.­18
  • g.­1528
g.­357

degenerate morality

Wylie:
  • ’chal ba’i tshul khrims
Tibetan:
  • འཆལ་བའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dauḥ­śīlya

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 20.­37
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­33
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­48
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
g.­358

delicacies

Wylie:
  • bca’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བཅའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • khādanīya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­26
g.­359

delicate, soft, and lustrous skin

Wylie:
  • pags pa srab cing ’jam la snum pa
Tibetan:
  • པགས་པ་སྲབ་ཅིང་འཇམ་ལ་སྣུམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ślakṣṇa­mṛdu­snehacchavi­tā

Thirteenth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­22
  • 29.­30
g.­360

deluded

Wylie:
  • rnam par rmongs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྨོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mūḍha

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8-9
  • 26.­59-60
  • 33.­13-15
  • g.­675
g.­361

delusion

Wylie:
  • gti mug
Tibetan:
  • གཏི་མུག
Sanskrit:
  • moha

One of the three poisons (dug gsum) along with hatred and desire which perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. Delusion is the obfuscating mental state which obstructs an individual from generating knowledge or insight, and it is said to be characteristic of the animal world in general.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • 1.­46
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­52
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­17
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­23
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­55
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­37
  • g.­716
  • g.­1551
g.­362

demonic force

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

Buddhist literature speaks of four kinds of malign or demonic influences which may impede the course of spiritual transformation. These include the impure psycho-physical aggregates; the afflicted mental states; desires and temptations; and submission to the “Lord of death,” at which point involuntary rebirth is perpetuated in cyclic existence. Also rendered here as “Māra.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­15-24
  • 9.­37
  • 11.­11
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­12
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­44-45
  • g.­163
  • g.­924
  • g.­952
g.­363

denial of opportunity

Wylie:
  • skabs mi ’byed pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐབས་མི་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • navakāsadāna­tā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­46
g.­364

description

Wylie:
  • brjod pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­vyāhāra
  • abhi­dhāna

Also translated here as “statement.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­33
  • 33.­9
  • g.­1475
g.­365

designated

Wylie:
  • btags pa
Tibetan:
  • བཏགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­jñapta

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­9
  • 5.­1
  • 6.­1-2
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­44
  • 12.­41
  • 14.­23
  • 14.­46
  • 14.­50-51
  • 16.­16-17
  • 17.­5-7
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­77
  • 28.­1
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­32
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­28
g.­366

designation

Wylie:
  • tshig bla dags
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་བླ་དགས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­vacana

Located in 179 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­35
  • 5.­40-205
  • 6.­31-32
  • 9.­31
  • 12.­41
  • 17.­13
  • 24.­46
  • 27.­21
  • 28.­9
  • 29.­63
  • 29.­88
  • n.­295
g.­367

desire

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • rāga

First of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 51 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­46
  • 1.­52
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 9.­22
  • 9.­38
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­6-8
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­52
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­14
  • 20.­16
  • 22.­3-5
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22-23
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­79
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­21
  • 32.­37
  • n.­420
  • g.­216
  • g.­361
  • g.­362
  • g.­594
  • g.­716
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1169
  • g.­1551
  • g.­1587
  • g.­1593
  • g.­1770
g.­368

despise

Wylie:
  • brnyas pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྙས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ava­mardana janayati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­46
g.­369

destitute of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyis spongs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱིས་སྤོངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmavyasana

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­3-4
  • 33.­6-7
  • 33.­10
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­16
g.­370

detailed

Wylie:
  • bye brag tu byas pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བྲག་ཏུ་བྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bheda­kṛta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­68
g.­371

determine

Wylie:
  • so sor brtag
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་བརྟག
Sanskrit:
  • praty­avekṣate

Also translated here as “investigate.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 25.­2
  • g.­832
g.­372

Devoid of Darkness

Wylie:
  • rab rib med pa
Tibetan:
  • རབ་རིབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­timirāpa­gata

Name of the sixty-eighth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­373

Devoid of Letters

Wylie:
  • yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • akṣarāpa­gata

Name of the sixty-third meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­374

Devoid of Vocalic Syllables

Wylie:
  • sgra dbyangs kyi yi ge dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡི་གེ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­akṣara­mukti

Name of the eighty-eighth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­375

dhāraṇī

Wylie:
  • gzungs
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī

See n.­21.

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­8
  • 1.­3
  • 11.­34
  • 14.­34
  • 31.­66-67
  • 31.­69
  • 32.­57
  • n.­21
  • n.­434
  • g.­103
g.­376

dhāraṇī gateways

Wylie:
  • gzungs kyi sgo
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • dhāraṇī­mukha

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­25
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­31
  • 11.­34
  • 13.­16
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­49
  • 28.­45
  • 30.­21
  • n.­21
g.­377

Dharma

Wylie:
  • chos
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma

The term dharma (chos) conveys ten different meanings, according to Vasubandhu’s Vyākhyā­yukti. In the context‌ of the present work, it may mean “sacred doctrine” (also rendered “Dharma” in this translation), the “attributes” which buddhas and bodhisattvas acquire, “phenomena” or “things” in general, and, more specifically, “mental phenomena” which are the object of the mental faculty (manas, yid).

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 15.­47
  • 26.­6
  • 29.­22
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­6
  • n.­188
  • n.­331
  • n.­340
  • n.­342
  • n.­348
  • g.­983
  • g.­1206
  • g.­1338
  • g.­1552
g.­378

dichiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong gnyis pa bar ma’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གཉིས་པ་བར་མའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • dvi­sāhar­samadhyama­loka­dhātu

A series parallel worlds comprising one thousand chiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 33.­46
  • n.­196
  • g.­694
g.­379

different from one another

Wylie:
  • phan tshun tha dad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕན་ཚུན་ཐ་དད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paraspara­vi­bhinna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­12
g.­380

different realms of sentient beings

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba tha dad pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ཐ་དད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • gati­saṃbheda

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­32
g.­381

diffuse

Wylie:
  • ’phro bar bgyid
Tibetan:
  • འཕྲོ་བར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • spharaṇa­karoti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­20
  • 17.­24
g.­382

diligent

Wylie:
  • rtun pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ātāpin

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­13-17
  • 8.­19
  • 8.­21
  • 29.­8
g.­383

diminish

Wylie:
  • chung ngur bgyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆུང་ངུར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • alpī­karoti

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24-25
  • 19.­56
g.­384

diminished

Wylie:
  • bri ba
Tibetan:
  • བྲི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ūna­tva

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 19.­20
  • 21.­11
  • 22.­27
  • 30.­3-7
  • 30.­35
  • 31.­52
  • 33.­65
g.­385

diminution

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’bri ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འབྲི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­hīṇa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 13.­45
g.­386

Dīpaṃkara

Wylie:
  • mar me mdzad
Tibetan:
  • མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • dīpaṃkara

Name of a buddha of the past.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­18
g.­387

direct their enlightened intention

Wylie:
  • dgongs par mdzad
Tibetan:
  • དགོངས་པར་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • samanvāharati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­44
g.­388

disassociate

Wylie:
  • ’byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­yojayati

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 4.­24-31
g.­389

discouraged

Wylie:
  • zhum
Tibetan:
  • ཞུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­valīyate

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • i.­84
  • 22.­18
  • 26.­39-42
  • 26.­59
  • 27.­2
  • 30.­29
  • 31.­32
  • 31.­62
  • 32.­39
g.­390

discriminative awareness

Wylie:
  • shes rab
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā

Also translated here as “wisdom.” See glossary entry.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1591
  • g.­1726
g.­391

disintegrate

Wylie:
  • ’jig par ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་པར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­naśyati

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­1
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­27
  • 30.­34-35
  • 30.­45
g.­392

disjoined

Wylie:
  • mi ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­saṃ­yukta

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 12.­32
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
g.­393

Dispelling of Doubt

Wylie:
  • nem nur rnam par sel ba
Tibetan:
  • ནེམ་ནུར་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mati­vikiraṇa

Name of the eightieth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­394

Dispelling the Misery of Corporeality

Wylie:
  • lus kyi yang dag par sel ba
Tibetan:
  • ལུས་ཀྱི་ཡང་དག་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāya­kali­saṃ­pra­mathana

Name of the 109th meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­395

Dispersal

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’thor ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kiraṇa

Name of the sixtieth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­396

Dispersal of All Bases of Rebirth [through Realization]

Wylie:
  • srid pa’i ’dam bu thams cad phung po med par rnam par ’thor ba
Tibetan:
  • སྲིད་པའི་འདམ་བུ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཕུང་པོ་མེད་པར་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­bhava­tala­vikiraṇa

Name of the eighty-sixth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­397

disrupt

Wylie:
  • rnam par ’khrugs par byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་འཁྲུགས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • vikopayati

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 30.­43
  • 30.­47-48
g.­398

dissimilar defining characteristics

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid mi ’dra ba
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད་མི་འདྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­lakṣaṇa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­8
  • 28.­51
g.­399

distinguished

Wylie:
  • rab tu phye
Tibetan:
  • རབ་ཏུ་ཕྱེ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bhāvyati

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­2
  • 15.­19
  • 17.­2
  • 24.­30
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56
g.­400

Distinguishing the Terms Associated with All Phenomena

Wylie:
  • tshig thams cad rab tu ’byed pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་འབྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­pada­prabheda

Name of the sixty-first meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­401

distraction

Wylie:
  • rnam par g.yengs ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གཡེངས་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kṣepa

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 9.­26
  • 20.­38
  • 25.­37
  • 25.­42
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­13
g.­402

distressed

Wylie:
  • log par lhung ba
  • yid byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ལོག་པར་ལྷུང་བ།
  • ཡིད་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­nipāta
  • amī

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­38
  • 33.­61
g.­403

disturbed

Wylie:
  • g.yo ba
Tibetan:
  • གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cala­taḥ

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­3
  • 20.­45
  • 24.­20
  • 31.­27-28
g.­404

divine voice of Brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit:
  • brahma­svara­tā

Twenty-sixth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­28
  • 29.­35
g.­405

do not consider

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rjes su mi mthong ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྗེས་སུ་མི་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • na sam­anu­paśyati

Also translated here as “disregard.”

Located in 65 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­73
  • 4.­8-13
  • 4.­15-32
  • 4.­34-35
  • 4.­50-51
  • 5.­1
  • 6.­1-3
  • 7.­32
  • 9.­46
  • 10.­15
  • 11.­32-33
  • 12.­14
  • 12.­30
  • 17.­47-48
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­12
  • 21.­8
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­10
  • 26.­12
  • 26.­20
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­21
  • 27.­29
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­52-53
  • 31.­56
  • 31.­59
  • g.­313
g.­406

do not degenerate in their liberation, nor in their perception of liberating gnosis

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba nyams pa med pa’am rnam par grol ba’i ye shes mthong ba nyams pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པའམ་རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་མཐོང་བ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsti vi­mukti­hāniḥ nāsti vi­mukti­jñāna­darśana­hāniḥ

Twelfth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­407

do not degenerate in their meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin nyams pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsti samādhi­hāniḥ

Tenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­408

do not degenerate in their perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus nyams pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsti virya­hāniḥ

Eighth of the eighten distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­409

do not degenerate in their recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa nyams pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsti smṛti­hāniḥ

Ninth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­410

do not degenerate in their resolution

Wylie:
  • ’dun pa nyams pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་པ་ཉམས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāsti cchanda­hāniḥ

Seventh of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­411

doctrinal sūtra

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rnam grangs
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་གྲངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­paryāya

Also translated here as “scriptural categories.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 32.­56
  • 32.­58
  • g.­1358
g.­412

don the great armor

Wylie:
  • go cha chen po gyon par byed
Tibetan:
  • གོ་ཆ་ཆེན་པོ་གྱོན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­saṃ­nāhaḥ saṃ­nahyate

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­11-12
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 10.­22-23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­29
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
g.­413

drawback

Wylie:
  • nyes dmigs
Tibetan:
  • ཉེས་དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • ādīnava

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 9.­15
g.­414

dream

Wylie:
  • rmi lam
Tibetan:
  • རྨི་ལམ།
Sanskrit:
  • svapna

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­45
  • i.­57-58
  • i.­64
  • i.­90
  • 1.­5
  • 2.­87
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­36
  • 6.­38
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 15.­46-47
  • 16.­2-8
  • 17.­60
  • 17.­62
  • 19.­31
  • 19.­34
  • 20.­9
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­55-56
  • 28.­3
  • 28.­28-30
  • 28.­36
  • 28.­38
  • 31.­8
g.­415

dual expression

Wylie:
  • gnyis brjod pa
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་བརྗོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvir­udāhāra

See n.­202.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 11.­20
g.­416

dullness and sleepiness

Wylie:
  • rmugs gnyid
Tibetan:
  • རྨུགས་གཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • styāna­niddha

Third of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­417

Dunhuang

Wylie:
  • tun hong
Tibetan:
  • ཏུན་ཧོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Site of the Magao Caves in Gansu Province, China.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­9
g.­418

early indication

Wylie:
  • snga ltas
Tibetan:
  • སྔ་ལྟས།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrvī­nimitta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 21.­39
g.­419

earth element

Wylie:
  • sa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhū­dhātu

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­20
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­5
  • 14.­56
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­12
  • 15.­16
g.­420

echo

Wylie:
  • brag ca
Tibetan:
  • བྲག་ཅ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­śabda

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 2.­91
  • 6.­4
  • 6.­37
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 15.­47
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­46
  • 20.­9
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­55-56
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­38
g.­421

eight aspects of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­vimokṣa

The eight aspects of liberation ensue: (1) when corporeal beings observe physical forms [in order to compose the mind]; (2) when formless beings endowed with internal perception observe external physical forms; (3) when beings are inclined toward pleasant states; (4) when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite space, thinking, ‘Space is infinite.’ (5) The fifth ensues when one achieves and abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness, thinking, ‘Consciousness is infinite.’ (6) The sixth is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of nothing-at-all, thinking, ‘There is nothing at all.’ (7) The seventh is when one achieves and abides in the sense field of neither perception nor non-perception. (8) The eighth is when one achieves and abides in the cessation of all perceptions and feelings.

For a more complete description, see 1.­33.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­33
  • 3.­27
  • 8.­38
  • 20.­35
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 24.­8
  • 24.­22
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­12
  • n.­37
  • n.­43
  • n.­46
  • g.­116
  • g.­1146
  • g.­1147
  • g.­1148
  • g.­1149
  • g.­1150
  • g.­1712
  • g.­1713
  • g.­1714
g.­422

eight great hells

Wylie:
  • dmyal ba chen po brgyad
Tibetan:
  • དམྱལ་བ་ཆེན་པོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­mahā­niraya

On the eight great hells, see Patrul Rinpoche’s commentary in Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 63–69.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­26
g.­423

eight kinds of realized individuals

Wylie:
  • gang zag brgyad
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­pudgalin
  • aṣṭa­makaḥ

See 15.­31.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­31
g.­424

eight sense fields of mastery

Wylie:
  • zil gyis gnon pa’i skye mched brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཟིལ་གྱིས་གནོན་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭābhi­bhvāyatana

These refer to the miraculous perceptual transformation that ensues when one: (1) regards lesser external forms; (2) regards greater external forms; (3) regards blue external forms; (4) regards yellow external forms; (5) regards red external forms; (6) regards white external forms; (7) abides in the sense field of infinite space; (8) abides in the sense field of infinite consciousness.

For a complete explanation, see 1.­55.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­55
  • 3.­35
  • n.­43
  • g.­6
  • g.­7
  • g.­1303
  • g.­1304
  • g.­1305
  • g.­1306
  • g.­1307
  • g.­1308
  • g.­1376
g.­425

eight unfavorable conditions

Wylie:
  • mi khom pa brgyad
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཁོམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭāskṣaṇā

The eight unfavorable conditions for Buddhist practice, which are well known in the context of the preliminary practices (sngon ’gro), comprise birth among the denizens of the hells, as anguished spirits, animals, long-lived gods, frontier tribesmen beyond the pale of cilvization, those whose sense faculties are incomplete, and those who maintain wrong views. See Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 20–21.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­13
  • 31.­6
  • n.­389
g.­426

eighteen aspects of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­daśa­śūnyatā

The eighteen aspects of emptiness, as listed in 1.­57, comprise (1) emptiness of internal phenomena, (2) emptiness of external phenomena, (3) emptiness of both external and internal phenomena, (4) emptiness of emptiness, (5) emptiness of great extent, (6) emptiness of ultimate reality, (7) emptiness of conditioned phenomena, (8) emptiness of unconditioned phenomena, (9) emptiness of the unlimited, (10) emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end, (11) emptiness of non-dispersal, (12) emptiness of inherent existence, (13) emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics, (14) emptiness of all things, (15) emptiness of non-apprehension, (16) emptiness of non-entities, (17) emptiness of essential nature, and (18) emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities. See also n.­48.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­57
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­37
  • 3.­66
  • 8.­40
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • n.­48
  • g.­447
  • g.­448
  • g.­449
  • g.­450
  • g.­451
  • g.­452
  • g.­453
  • g.­454
  • g.­455
  • g.­456
  • g.­457
  • g.­458
  • g.­459
  • g.­460
  • g.­461
  • g.­462
  • g.­463
  • g.­464
  • g.­634
  • g.­1503
g.­427

eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi chos ma ’dres pa bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཆོས་མ་འདྲེས་པ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśāveṇika­buddha­dharma

See 2.­8.

Located in 204 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­8
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­80-81
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­43
  • 4.­51
  • 4.­54
  • 6.­8
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­17
  • 6.­19
  • 6.­25-27
  • 6.­48
  • 6.­52
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­13
  • 7.­18
  • 7.­24-25
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­44-46
  • 8.­7-8
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­6-8
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­12
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39
  • 12.­3
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­18-19
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­38
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­17
  • 13.­27
  • 14.­10
  • 14.­21
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­31
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­61
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­24
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­39
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­50
  • 15.­52
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­35-36
  • 17.­41-42
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­55-56
  • 18.­68-69
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­18
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­63
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 22.­2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 22.­38
  • 22.­46
  • 22.­49
  • 23.­7-8
  • 23.­13
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­26-27
  • 23.­41
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3-4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­30-31
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­3-4
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­62-63
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­43
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­26-27
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­64-65
  • n.­58
  • g.­67
  • g.­68
  • g.­69
  • g.­258
  • g.­406
  • g.­407
  • g.­409
  • g.­410
  • g.­480
  • g.­481
  • g.­482
  • g.­1116
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1537
  • g.­1609
  • g.­1616
  • g.­1735
  • g.­1740
  • g.­1741
  • g.­1749
  • g.­1750
g.­428

eighteen great fields of knowledge

Wylie:
  • rig pa’i gnas bcwa brgyad
  • rig gnas chen po bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རིག་པའི་གནས་བཅྭ་བརྒྱད།
  • རིག་གནས་ཆེན་པོ་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭā­daśa­vidyā­sthāna

The eighteen great fields of knowledge are listed in the Mahāvyutpatti as (1) music (gandharva, rol mo), (2) love-making (vaiśika, ’khrig thabs), (3) sustenance (vārtā, ’tsho tshis), (4) arithmetic (sāṃkhyā, grangs can), (5) grammar (śabda, sgra), (6) medicine (cikitsita, gso dpyad), (7) behavior (nīti, chos lugs), (8) fine arts (śilpa, bzo), (9) archery (dhanurveda, ’phongs), (10) logic (hetu, gtan tshigs), (11) yoga (rnal ’byor), (12) study (śruti, thos pa), (13) recollection (sṃṛti, dran pa), (14) astronomy (jyotitiṣa, skar ma’i dpyad), (15) astrology (gaṇita, rtsis), (16) optical aberrations (māyā, mig ’phrul ’khor), (17) antiquity (purāṇa, sngon gyi rabs), and (18) history (itihāsaka, sngon byung ba).

On all these and related matters, see Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt.1: 311–315.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­6
  • n.­386
g.­429

eighteen requisites of musical performance

Wylie:
  • rol mo’i bye brag bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • རོལ་མོའི་བྱེ་བྲག་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­daśa­vādya­viśeṣa

The eighteen requisites of musical performance, contained in the sixty-four crafts, are (1) the dancer (nartaka, gar mkhan); (2) the dance (nāṭya, bro); (3) kettledrum (bherī, rnga bo che); (4) clay drum (mṛdaṅga, rdza rnga); (5) tambour (muraja, rnga phran); (6) large kettledrum (dundubhi, rnga chen po); (7) small cymbal (paṇava, ’khar rnga); (8) single-string lute (tuṇava, pi vang rgyud gcig pa); (9) one-sided clay drum (eka­mukha­mṛdaṅga, rdza rnga kha gcig pa); (10) metal bell (illarī, lcags kyi sil khrol); (11) bell-metal cymbals (sampa, mkhar ba’i sil khrol); (12) three-string lute (ballarī, pi vang rgyud gsum pa); (13) mukunda drum (mukunda, rnga mukunda); (14) harmony of percussion and singing (gītopa­kṣipya­tūrya, sil snyan glu dbyangs dang bstun pa); (15) musical tempo (tālāvacara, pheg rdob); (16) instrumentation (vādyaśabda, rol mo’i sgra); (17) lute (vīṇā, pi vang); and (18) flute (veṇu, gling bu).

On all these and related matters, see Jamgon Kongtrul TOK Book 6, Pt.1: 311–315.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • n.­386
  • g.­1448
g.­430

eighteen sensory elements

Wylie:
  • khams bco brgyad
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་བཅོ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭa­daśa­dhātu

The eighteen sensory elements, as listed in 1.­16, comprise (1) the sensory element of the eyes, (2) the sensory element of sights, and (3) the sensory element of visual consciousness; (4) the sensory element of the ears, (5) the sensory element of sounds, and (6) the sensory element of auditory consciousness; (7) the sensory element of the nose, (8) the sensory element of odors, and (9) the sensory element of olfactory consciousness; (10) the sensory element of the tongue, (11) the sensory element of tastes, and (12) the sensory element of gustatory consciousness; (13) the sensory element of the body, (14) the sensory element of tangibles, and (15) the sensory element of tactile consciousness; and (16) the sensory element of the mental faculty, (17) the sensory element of mental phenomena, and (18) the sensory element of mental consciousness.

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­16
  • 1.­71
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 3.­13
  • 20.­60
  • 20.­62-63
  • 22.­45
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­33
  • n.­31
  • g.­274
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1394
  • g.­1395
  • g.­1397
  • g.­1398
  • g.­1399
  • g.­1400
  • g.­1401
  • g.­1402
  • g.­1403
  • g.­1404
  • g.­1405
  • g.­1406
  • g.­1407
  • g.­1408
  • g.­1409
  • g.­1410
  • g.­1411
  • g.­1412
  • g.­1413
g.­431

eighth-lowest stage

Wylie:
  • brgyad pa’i sa
  • brgyad pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྒྱད་པའི་ས།
  • བརྒྱད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • aṣṭamakabhūmi
  • aṣṭamaka

A person who is eight steps away in the arc of their development from becoming an arhat (Tib. dgra bcom pa). Specifically, this term refers to one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream-enterer (Skt. śrotāpanna; Tib. rgyun du zhugs pa), and is the first and lowest stage in a list of eight stages or classes of a noble person (Skt. āryapudgala). The person at this lowest stage in the sequence is still on the path of seeing (Skt. darśanamārga; Tib. mthong lam), and then enters the path of cultivation (Skt. bhāvanāmārga; Tib. sgoms lam) upon attaining the next stage, that of a stream-enterer (stage 7). From there they progress through the remaining stages of the śrāvaka path, becoming in turn a once-returner (stages six and five), a non-returner (stages four and three), and an arhat (stages two and one).

This same “eighth stage” also appears in set of ten levels (Skt. daśabhūmi; Tib. sa bcu) found in Mahāyāna sources, where it is the third step out of the ten. Not to be confused with the ten levels of the bodhisattva’s path, these ten levels mark the progress of one who sequentially follows the paths of a śrāvaka, pratyekabuddha, and then bodhisattva on their way to complete buddhahood. In this set of ten level a person “on the eighth stage” is similarly one who is on the cusp of becoming a stream-enterer.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­54
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­11
  • 27.­14
  • g.­1527
g.­432

eighty excellent minor marks

Wylie:
  • dpe byad bzang po brgyad cu
Tibetan:
  • དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ་བརྒྱད་ཅུ།
Sanskrit:
  • asītyānuvyañjana

For their enumeration see 2.­33 and 29.­40.

(See also n.­67).

Located in 109 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 2.­33
  • 2.­72
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­10
  • 3.­49-50
  • 3.­68
  • 3.­85
  • 3.­102-103
  • 3.­105
  • 15.­30
  • 17.­60
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­60
  • 29.­63
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­40
  • n.­66
  • n.­139
  • n.­417
  • g.­1
  • g.­2
  • g.­3
  • g.­82
  • g.­107
  • g.­108
  • g.­153
  • g.­165
  • g.­171
  • g.­172
  • g.­174
  • g.­175
  • g.­176
  • g.­177
  • g.­178
  • g.­179
  • g.­180
  • g.­181
  • g.­182
  • g.­244
  • g.­294
  • g.­473
  • g.­492
  • g.­553
  • g.­555
  • g.­556
  • g.­583
  • g.­584
  • g.­653
  • g.­654
  • g.­655
  • g.­702
  • g.­703
  • g.­704
  • g.­706
  • g.­709
  • g.­726
  • g.­728
  • g.­823
  • g.­850
  • g.­851
  • g.­852
  • g.­862
  • g.­909
  • g.­910
  • g.­914
  • g.­930
  • g.­954
  • g.­1002
  • g.­1016
  • g.­1017
  • g.­1018
  • g.­1019
  • g.­1041
  • g.­1042
  • g.­1043
  • g.­1044
  • g.­1052
  • g.­1111
  • g.­1158
  • g.­1167
  • g.­1168
  • g.­1214
  • g.­1220
  • g.­1336
  • g.­1354
  • g.­1374
  • g.­1392
  • g.­1426
  • g.­1460
  • g.­1462
  • g.­1463
  • g.­1467
  • g.­1514
  • g.­1561
  • g.­1562
  • g.­1564
  • g.­1620
  • g.­1697
  • g.­1762
g.­433

elder

Wylie:
  • gnas brtan
Tibetan:
  • གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit:
  • sthavira

A monk of seniority within the assembly of the śrāvakas.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­49
  • 16.­1
  • 16.­16
  • 23.­31-33
  • 23.­35-37
  • 23.­45-46
  • g.­935
  • g.­936
  • g.­937
  • g.­962
  • g.­1272
  • g.­1351
  • g.­1484
g.­434

element of cessation

Wylie:
  • ’gog pa’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འགོག་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodha­dhātu

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­33
g.­435

element of dispassion

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags dang bral ba’i khams
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­rāga­dhātu

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­33
g.­436

element of exertion

Wylie:
  • spong ba’i khams
Tibetan:
  • སྤོང་བའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­hāṇa­dhātu

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­33
g.­437

eleven aspects of knowledge

Wylie:
  • shes pa bcu gcig
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ་བཅུ་གཅིག
Sanskrit:
  • ekadaśa­jñāna

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • n.­40
  • g.­866
  • g.­867
  • g.­868
  • g.­869
  • g.­870
  • g.­871
  • g.­872
  • g.­873
  • g.­874
  • g.­876
  • g.­1489
g.­438

elucidate

Wylie:
  • lhag par ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པར་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • adhy­āharati

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­16
  • 15.­49
  • 19.­66
  • 33.­43
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­57
g.­439

emanational display

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­krīḍana

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • 16.­13
  • 25.­47
g.­440

emancipation

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­moca

This denotes emancipation or withdrawal from worldly life. See n.­4.

Located in 79 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • i.­93
  • 6.­24-25
  • 6.­30
  • 6.­32-38
  • 7.­1
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­28
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­41-42
  • 12.­26-42
  • 13.­3
  • 13.­12-14
  • 13.­18-35
  • 14.­23
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­11
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­10
  • 24.­14-16
  • 25.­52-53
  • 28.­20
  • 30.­10
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­57
  • n.­266
  • n.­353
  • n.­355
g.­441

emancipation from cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • nges par ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • niḥ­saraṇa
  • nir­yāṇa

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­50-51
  • 1.­4
  • 2.­10
  • 24.­21
  • 31.­39
  • n.­4
  • g.­1420
g.­442

emerge

Wylie:
  • ’byung bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • prādur­bhāvo bhavati

Also translated here as “occur.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­24-25
  • 16.­28-29
  • 17.­41-42
  • 24.­36
  • 30.­4-7
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­36-37
  • 33.­12
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­65-66
  • 33.­68
  • n.­303
  • g.­1141
g.­443

emotional experience

Wylie:
  • myong ba
Tibetan:
  • མྱོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­bhava

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­70
  • 20.­52
g.­444

empathetic joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • muditā

Third of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • 1.­31
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­445

emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnya­tā

Emptiness denotes the ultimate nature of reality, the total absence of inherent existence and self-identity with respect to all phenomena. According to this view, all things and events are devoid of any independent, intrinsic reality that constitutes their essence. Nothing can be said to exist independently from the complex network of factors that gives rise to their origination, nor are phenomena independent of the cognitive processes and mental constructs that make up the conventional framework within which their identity and existence are posited. When all levels of conceptualization dissolve and when all forms of dichotomizing tendencies are quelled through deliberate meditative deconstruction of conceptual elaborations, the ultimate nature of reality will finally become manifest. It is the first of the three gateways to liberation.

Located in 244 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­34
  • i.­37
  • i.­44
  • i.­47-48
  • i.­50
  • i.­58
  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • i.­74
  • i.­78
  • i.­88
  • i.­90
  • i.­92
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­60-61
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­4
  • 3.­37
  • 4.­1-8
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­36-45
  • 4.­53
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­26
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­47-48
  • 7.­8
  • 7.­11-12
  • 7.­21
  • 8.­2
  • 9.­11
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­24-25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­5-6
  • 11.­15-19
  • 11.­21-22
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­31
  • 12.­33-34
  • 12.­37
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­17-18
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­36-37
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­10-11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-19
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­28
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­35
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 19.­66
  • 20.­2
  • 20.­23
  • 20.­25
  • 20.­34
  • 20.­45
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­20
  • 22.­24
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­55-56
  • 23.­27-28
  • 23.­31
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-55
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3-5
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­10-12
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­17-18
  • 25.­20-21
  • 25.­25
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­45-46
  • 26.­61
  • 27.­28-29
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65-68
  • 29.­70-71
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 31.­51-52
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­36-37
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • n.­4
  • n.­48
  • n.­173
  • n.­288
  • n.­297
  • n.­316
  • n.­343
  • n.­345
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­249
  • g.­581
  • g.­592
  • g.­663
  • g.­783
  • g.­809
  • g.­932
  • g.­1103
  • g.­1285
  • g.­1311
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1560
  • g.­1598
  • g.­1603
g.­446

emptiness in all its finest aspects

Wylie:
  • rnam pa thams cad kyi mchog dang ldan pa’i stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākāra­guṇopeta­śūnya­tā
  • sarvākāra­varopeta­śūnya­tā

A term which, in the commentaries of the third turning of the doctrinal wheel, is interpreted to mean that consummate buddha attributes are extraneously empty of all imaginary and dependent attributes.

(See also n.­173).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­42
  • 25.­3
  • n.­173
g.­447

emptiness of all things

Wylie:
  • chos thams cad stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­dharma­śūnya­tā

Fourteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­71
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 12.­31
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­30
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­54
  • g.­426
g.­448

emptiness of both external and internal phenomena

Wylie:
  • phyi nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­bahir­dhā­śūnya­tā

Third of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­60
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67-68
  • 19.­62
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­449

emptiness of conditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skṛta­śūnya­tā

Seventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­64
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­27
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­60
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­71
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­450

emptiness of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnyatā­śūnyatā

Fourth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­61
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­26
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­451

emptiness of essential nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva­śūnya­tā

Seventeenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­74
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­60
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­12
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­12
  • 29.­93
  • 31.­56
  • 32.­11
  • g.­426
g.­452

emptiness of external phenomena

Wylie:
  • phyi stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • bahir­dhā­śūnya­tā

Second of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­59
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­15
  • 16.­22
  • 18.­67-69
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­25
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­26
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • n.­4
  • g.­426
  • g.­1173
g.­453

emptiness of great extent

Wylie:
  • chen po stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་པོ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­śūnya­tā

Fifth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­62
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­26
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­454

emptiness of inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­śūnya­tā

Twelfth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­61
  • i.­94
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­69
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­34-35
  • 7.­35-44
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­30
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­30-32
  • 30.­34-36
  • 30.­39-46
  • 31.­52
  • n.­344
  • g.­426
g.­455

emptiness of internal phenomena

Wylie:
  • nang stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ནང་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­śūnyatā

First of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 95 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57-58
  • 2.­78
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­11-12
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­31
  • 12.­37
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­15
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­37
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 18.­67-69
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­62
  • 20.­24
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 22.­37
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­24
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • g.­426
  • g.­1503
g.­456

emptiness of intrinsic defining characteristics

Wylie:
  • rang gi mtshan nyid stong pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་གི་མཚན་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nyid sva­lakṣaṇa­śūnya­tā

Thirteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • i.­96
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­70
  • 8.­40
  • 10.­24
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­57
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­31
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­34
  • 31.­37-39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­59-60
  • g.­426
g.­457

emptiness of non-apprehension

Wylie:
  • mi dmigs pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མི་དམིགས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­upa­lambha­śūnya­tā

Fifteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­72
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 32.­55
  • g.­426
g.­458

emptiness of non-dispersal

Wylie:
  • dor ba med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོར་བ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ava­kāra­śūnya­tā

Eleventh of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­68
  • 8.­40
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­29
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­459

emptiness of non-entities

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva­śūnya­tā

Sixteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­73
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­4
  • 29.­93
  • g.­426
g.­460

emptiness of that which has neither beginning nor end

Wylie:
  • thog ma dang tha ma med pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཐོག་མ་དང་ཐ་མ་མེད་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­avarāgra­śūnya­tā

Tenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­67
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­63
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­29
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­461

emptiness of the essential nature of non-entities

Wylie:
  • dngos po med pa’i ngo bo nyid stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མེད་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva­svabhāva­śūnya­tā

Eighteenth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 89 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­75
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­55
  • 6.­7
  • 6.­10
  • 6.­38
  • 7.­11-12
  • 8.­40
  • 9.­25
  • 9.­34
  • 10.­1
  • 10.­25
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36-37
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­37
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­10-11
  • 13.­25
  • 14.­30
  • 14.­34
  • 14.­60
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­50-51
  • 16.­3
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­14-15
  • 16.­17-18
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­1-2
  • 17.­8
  • 17.­16
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­47
  • 17.­49
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­6
  • 18.­20
  • 18.­23
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­61-62
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­19
  • 21.­22
  • 21.­25
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­1-2
  • 22.­4
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26-27
  • 24.­5
  • 25.­25
  • 27.­27
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­37
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­62
  • n.­48
  • g.­426
  • g.­1503
g.­462

emptiness of the unlimited

Wylie:
  • mtha’ las ’das pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ལས་འདས་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • atyanta­śūnya­tā

Ninth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­66
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­63
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­28
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­43
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­463

emptiness of ultimate reality

Wylie:
  • don dam pa stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • དོན་དམ་པ་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • para­mārtha­śūnya­tā

Sixth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 1.­57
  • 1.­63
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­27
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 27.­5
  • 27.­27
  • 28.­12
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­464

emptiness of unconditioned phenomena

Wylie:
  • ’dus ma byas stong pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • འདུས་མ་བྱས་སྟོང་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṃ­skṛta­śūnya­tā

Eighth of the eighteen aspects of emptiness.

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­57
  • 1.­65
  • 8.­40
  • 11.­30
  • 11.­36
  • 16.­3
  • 18.­67
  • 20.­28
  • 23.­12
  • 23.­16
  • 23.­20
  • 23.­23
  • 23.­26
  • 23.­60
  • 27.­27
  • 30.­34
  • g.­426
g.­465

empty

Wylie:
  • stong pa
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnya
  • śūnyataḥ

Located in 147 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­37
  • i.­45
  • i.­53
  • i.­58
  • i.­67
  • i.­71
  • i.­75
  • i.­78
  • i.­96
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­27
  • 1.­58-65
  • 1.­68
  • 1.­70-72
  • 1.­76-80
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­5
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 4.­55
  • 5.­48-49
  • 5.­72-73
  • 5.­96-97
  • 5.­119
  • 5.­131
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­148
  • 5.­160
  • 5.­172
  • 5.­184
  • 5.­196
  • 6.­41-48
  • 7.­3
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­18-19
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­24-25
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­15
  • 11.­18-25
  • 11.­32
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­33-39
  • 12.­41
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35-37
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­10
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­40
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
  • 19.­62-65
  • 20.­34
  • 20.­60-62
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­30
  • 23.­61
  • 25.­2-3
  • 26.­60
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28-29
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­8-9
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­36
  • 32.­55
  • n.­265
  • g.­446
g.­466

empty hut

Wylie:
  • khang stong
Tibetan:
  • ཁང་སྟོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • śūnyāgāra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­22
g.­467

empty of inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin gyis stong pa
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན་གྱིས་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­kṛti­śūnya

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­54
  • i.­94
  • i.­97
  • 1.­69
  • 11.­29
  • 14.­58-62
  • 20.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­30-34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­45
  • 32.­3-5
  • 32.­7
  • g.­202
g.­468

empty of notions of “I” and “mine”

Wylie:
  • bdag dang bdag gis stong pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་དང་བདག་གིས་སྟོང་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ātmātmīya­śūnya

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 7.­18
  • 28.­37
g.­469

emulation

Wylie:
  • rjes su skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྗེས་སུ་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­jāta

This term appears in reference to Su­bhūti who is considered to be an “emulator” of Lord Buddha, in the sense that he appears to imitate him. This is, of course, not to be understood in the sense of rivalry or competition.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 23.­31-33
  • 23.­35-37
  • 23.­45-46
g.­470

encourage

Wylie:
  • yang dag par gzengs stod par byed
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་གཟེངས་སྟོད་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­uttejayati

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­76
  • i.­94
  • 10.­12
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­18
  • 10.­21
  • 18.­69
  • 21.­23
  • 22.­8
  • 24.­1-2
  • 24.­4-16
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­34
  • 31.­45
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­33-34
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­60
  • 33.­63
g.­471

Endowed with All Finest Aspects

Wylie:
  • rnam pa thams cad kyi mchog dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མཆོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvākārāva­tāra

Name of the ninety-second meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­472

endowed with knowledge and virtuous conduct

Wylie:
  • rigs pa dag zhabs su ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་པ་དག་ཞབས་སུ་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vidyā­caraṇa­sampanna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­18
g.­473

endowed with markings

Wylie:
  • mtshan dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa­tā

Seventy-eighth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­72
  • 29.­59
g.­474

Endowed with the Essence

Wylie:
  • snying po dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śāra­vatī

Name of the 100th meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­475

Endowed with the Factors Conducive to Enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi yan lag yod pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhyaṅga­vatī

Name of the seventy-fifth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­476

endurance

Wylie:
  • bzod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣamaṇā

‍—

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­7
  • 9.­16
  • 10.­9
g.­477

endure

Wylie:
  • ther zug tu gnas
Tibetan:
  • ཐེར་ཟུག་ཏུ་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭa­sthā bhavati

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 1.­42
  • 1.­58-72
  • 4.­54
  • 17.­4
  • 30.­35
  • 30.­45
  • 31.­38
g.­478

enduring state

Wylie:
  • ther zug tu gnas pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐེར་ཟུག་ཏུ་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kūṭa­stha

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­1
g.­479

engage in the conditioning of physical forms

Wylie:
  • gzugs mngon par ’du bgyid pa la spyod
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མངོན་པར་འདུ་བགྱིད་པ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • rūpābhi­saṃskāre carati

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­26-27
  • 12.­5
g.­480

engage in the perception of gnosis which is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the future

Wylie:
  • ma ’ongs pa’i dus la ma chags ma thogs pa’i ye shes gzigs par ’jug go
Tibetan:
  • མ་འོངས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཆགས་མ་ཐོགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པར་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit:
  • an­āgate 'dhvany a­saṅgam a­prati­hataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate

Seventeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­481

engage in the perception of gnosis which is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the past

Wylie:
  • ’das pa’i dus la ma chags ma thogs pa’i ye shes gzigs par ’jug go
Tibetan:
  • འདས་པའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཆགས་མ་ཐོགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པར་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit:
  • atīte 'dhvany a­saṅ­gam a­prati­hataṃ jñāna­darśanaṃ pravartate

Sixteeenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­482

engage in the perception of gnosis which is unobstructed and unimpeded with respect to the present

Wylie:
  • da ltar byung ba’i dus la ma chags ma thogs pa’i ye shes gzigs par ’jug go
Tibetan:
  • ད་ལྟར་བྱུང་བའི་དུས་ལ་མ་ཆགས་མ་ཐོགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟིགས་པར་འཇུག་གོ
Sanskrit:
  • pratyut­panne 'dhvany a­saṅgam a­prati­hataṃ jñāna­darśanaṃ pra­vartate

Eighteenth of the eighteen distinct qualities of the buddhas.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­8
  • 29.­23
g.­483

engage in union

Wylie:
  • rnal ’byor du byed
Tibetan:
  • རྣལ་འབྱོར་དུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • yogam ā­padati

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­1-15
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-53
  • 4.­57-58
  • 5.­1
  • 11.­26-28
g.­484

engage with mental images

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta­carati

Also translated here as “engage with signs.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­48
  • 12.­1-4
  • 12.­7
  • g.­485
g.­485

engage with signs

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma la spyod
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་ལ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • nimitta­carati

Also translated here as “engage with mental images.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­484
g.­486

engaged in perfection

Wylie:
  • yongs su rdzogs par byed
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­pūrayati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­52
g.­487

engaged in union with

Wylie:
  • brtson pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yukta

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­34
  • 31.­31
g.­488

Engaging in Conduct

Wylie:
  • spyod pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cāritra­vatī

Name of sixty-ninth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­489

Engaging Without Wavering and Without Settled Focus

Wylie:
  • g.yo ba med cing gnas pa med la dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • གཡོ་བ་མེད་ཅིང་གནས་པ་མེད་ལ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­calāniketa­rati

Name of the 107th meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­490

enhance

Wylie:
  • chen por bgyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆེན་པོར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • mahat­karoti

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­19
  • 17.­24-25
  • 19.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 25.­2
  • 31.­66
g.­491

enlarge

Wylie:
  • yangs par bgyid
Tibetan:
  • ཡངས་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • vipulī­karoti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­22
  • 17.­24
g.­492

enlightened attribute

Wylie:
  • yon tan
Tibetan:
  • ཡོན་ཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • guṇa

Enlightened attributes include specific qualities of buddha body, speech, and mind, such as the thirty-two major and eighty minor marks, the sixty intonations of Brahmā-like voice, and the attributes of compassion, omniscience, and power.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­53
  • 4.­55
  • 8.­48
  • 20.­79
  • 21.­14
  • 29.­37
  • 32.­1
  • 33.­37
  • n.­173
g.­493

enlightened heritage

Wylie:
  • rigs
Tibetan:
  • རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • kula

In the context‌ of the present text, this term denotes the heritage or family of bodhisattvas following the Great Vehicle.

When refering a son or daughter enlightened heritage, the expressions kula­putra (rigs kyi bu) and kula­duhitā (rigs kyi bu mo) are terms of endearment with which a teacher may address his or her own students. See the definition in Zhang Yisun et al (1975): 2686. In the context‌ of the present sūtra, these terms therefore denote a male or female follower of the Great Vehicle, distinct from the adherents of the lesser vehicles. This may be suggested in the translation “children of enlightened heritage,” which other interpretative renderings, such as “son of a noble family” or “son of a good family,” would lack.

Located in 103 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­58
  • 7.­14-15
  • 7.­17-19
  • 7.­21-22
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­18-20
  • 16.­22-23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­42-48
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­52-60
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­68-71
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­28
  • 19.­30
  • 19.­49-50
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­26-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 22.­3-5
  • 23.­57
  • 25.­21
  • 26.­2-5
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­36
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­55-56
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­82
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­64
  • 33.­11-12
  • 33.­17-21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­38-39
  • 33.­41-47
  • 33.­49
  • 33.­51-63
  • 33.­67
g.­494

enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­42
  • i.­52
  • i.­57
  • i.­79
  • 2.­73
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­23-24
  • 6.­27
  • 6.­34
  • 7.­9
  • 7.­17
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­35
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­10-12
  • 12.­30
  • 14.­11
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­45
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­8-9
  • 15.­22-23
  • 15.­45
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­5
  • 17.­19
  • 17.­25
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­69
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­54
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­59
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­15-17
  • 25.­21
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­6
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­50
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­18
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­64
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­40-42
  • 30.­44
  • 30.­47-48
  • 31.­26
  • 31.­30-31
  • 31.­47-49
  • 31.­51
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­64-65
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13-19
  • 32.­34
  • 32.­37
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­61
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­69
  • n.­292
  • g.­191
  • g.­342
  • g.­875
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1465
  • g.­1522
g.­495

enmity

Wylie:
  • ’khon du ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁོན་དུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­nāha

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­85
  • 2.­76
  • 9.­14
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­1
  • g.­1109
g.­496

ensnarement

Wylie:
  • kun nas dkris pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་དཀྲིས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paryava­sthāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­37
g.­497

entering the stream

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrota’āpanna

First of four stages in the path to nirvāṇa.

Located in 37 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­49
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­37
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­31
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­20
  • 15.­31
  • 15.­53
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­48
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­58
  • 21.­9
  • 21.­11
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­49
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­57
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­65
  • g.­588
  • g.­894
g.­498

entire universe

Wylie:
  • thams cad kyi thams cad du thams cad dang ldan pa’i ’jig rten
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་ཐམས་ཅད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་འཇིག་རྟེན།
Sanskrit:
  • sarvāvanta­loka

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 9.­14
g.­499

entity

Wylie:
  • dngos po
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāva

See n.­50.

Located in 114 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­90
  • 1.­73
  • 1.­76-77
  • 2.­88-89
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­52-68
  • 3.­86-106
  • 4.­18-21
  • 5.­62-63
  • 5.­86-87
  • 5.­110-111
  • 5.­126
  • 5.­138-143
  • 5.­155
  • 5.­167
  • 5.­179
  • 5.­191
  • 5.­203
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­2
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­22-40
  • 15.­17-18
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­4-11
  • 19.­7
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­41
  • 22.­30
  • 27.­11
  • 27.­21
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­38
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­37
  • n.­49-50
g.­500

Entrance to Symbols and Sounds

Wylie:
  • brda dang sgra la ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྡ་དང་སྒྲ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­keta­ruta­praveśa

Name of the eighty-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­501

Entry into Designations and Observation of Spatial Directions

Wylie:
  • tshig bla dags la ’jug cing phyogs la rnam par lta ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་བླ་དགས་ལ་འཇུག་ཅིང་ཕྱོགས་ལ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­vacana­saṃpra­veśadigvi­lokita

Names of the seventeenth and eighteenth meditative stabilities.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­502

envied

Wylie:
  • ’dod par bya ba
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པར་བྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • spṛhaṇīya

In the sense of enviable.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­1
g.­503

eon

Wylie:
  • bskal pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpa

According to the traditional Abhidharma understanding of cyclical time, a great eon (mahākalpa) is divided into eighty lesser or intervening eons. In the course of one great eon, the external universe and its sentient life takes form and later disappears. During the first twenty of the lesser eons, the universe is in the process of creation and expansion (vivartakalpa); during the next twenty it remains created; during the third twenty, it is in the process of destruction or contraction (samvartakalpa); and during the last quarter of the cycle, it remains in a state of destruction.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­4
  • 6.­21
  • 7.­22
  • 10.­45
  • 15.­36
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­2
  • 19.­24
  • 21.­10
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­49
  • 24.­51
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­56
  • 24.­58
  • 24.­60
  • 30.­37
  • 33.­28
  • g.­137
g.­504

equal to the unequaled

Wylie:
  • mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sama­sama

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • 4.­55-57
  • 7.­31-32
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­8
  • 20.­66-67
  • 20.­70-78
  • 21.­1-3
  • 21.­11
g.­505

Equal to the Unequaled

Wylie:
  • mi mnyam pa dang mnyam pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་མཉམ་པ་དང་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­gama­sama

Name of the seventy-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­506

equanimity

Wylie:
  • btang snyoms
Tibetan:
  • བཏང་སྙོམས།
Sanskrit:
  • upekṣā

Fourth of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • i.­76
  • 1.­30-31
  • 1.­34
  • 9.­13-14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 20.­54
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­507

eradication

Wylie:
  • tshar gcad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚར་གཅད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhāgaccheda

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­13
  • g.­611
g.­508

Eradication of Referents

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པ་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­lambanaccheda

Name of the sixty-fourth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­509

essenceless doctrine

Wylie:
  • snying po med pa’i chos
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sāra­dharma

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­34-35
g.­510

essenceless nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid med pa
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niḥ­sva­bhāva­tā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • g.­1546
g.­511

essencelessness

Wylie:
  • snying po med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sāraka

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 26.­35
  • 26.­38
  • 26.­53
g.­512

essential doctrine

Wylie:
  • snying po’i chos
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་པོའི་ཆོས།
Sanskrit:
  • sāradharma

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­34
g.­513

essential nature

Wylie:
  • ngo bo nyid
Tibetan:
  • ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are said to possess existence in their own right‍—inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.

Located in 61 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­48
  • i.­75
  • i.­86
  • i.­88
  • 1.­74-76
  • 1.­79
  • 3.­51
  • 12.­10
  • 12.­35-39
  • 13.­2
  • 13.­15
  • 14.­2-13
  • 14.­53
  • 15.­49-50
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­27
  • 18.­39
  • 18.­41
  • 19.­64-65
  • 22.­42
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­24
  • 28.­3
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­34-35
  • 28.­42-43
  • 29.­71-72
  • 30.­48
  • 31.­38-39
  • 32.­11-12
  • 32.­55
  • n.­49
  • n.­51
  • n.­288
  • g.­929
g.­514

essential nature of non-entity

Wylie:
  • dngos po ma mchis pa’i ngo bo nyid
Tibetan:
  • དངོས་པོ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ངོ་བོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhāva­svabhāva

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­51
  • 6.­35-36
  • 12.­10
  • 28.­23
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­38
  • 31.­38-39
g.­515

established instructions

Wylie:
  • gtan la phab pa bstan pa’i sde
Tibetan:
  • གཏན་ལ་ཕབ་པ་བསྟན་པའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­deśa

Eleventh of the twelve branches of the scriptures.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­16
  • 33.­17-18
  • n.­457
g.­516

Establishing the Sameness of All Letters

Wylie:
  • yi ge mnyam par ’god pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡི་གེ་མཉམ་པར་འགོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samākṣarāva­tāra

Name of the sixty-second meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­517

Establishment of the Array

Wylie:
  • bkod pa bsgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • བཀོད་པ་བསྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyatasta­sam­āpatti

Name of the twenty-eighth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­518

ethical conduct

Wylie:
  • tshul khrims
  • tshul
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
  • ཚུལ།
Sanskrit:
  • śīla

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Morally virtuous or disciplined conduct and the abandonment of morally undisciplined conduct of body, speech, and mind. In a general sense, moral discipline is the cause for rebirth in higher, more favorable states, but it is also foundational to Buddhist practice as one of the three trainings (triśikṣā) and one of the six perfections of a bodhisattva. Often rendered as “ethics,” “discipline,” and “morality.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­3
g.­519

ethical discipline associated with mental restraint

Wylie:
  • sdom pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan:
  • སྡོམ་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­vara­śīla

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­7
g.­520

ethical discipline of habitual conduct

Wylie:
  • kun tu spyod pa’i tshul khrims
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྱོད་པའི་ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­udācāra­śīla

The forms of discipline associated with body and speech, as opposed to mind.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­7
g.­521

even provisionally

Wylie:
  • re zhig
Tibetan:
  • རེ་ཞིག
Sanskrit:
  • eva tāvat

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 14.­19
g.­522

evil associate

Wylie:
  • sdig pa’i grogs po
Tibetan:
  • སྡིག་པའི་གྲོགས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pāpa­mitra

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­10
  • 7.­12-22
  • 7.­24-26
  • 18.­12
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­17-18
  • 32.­39
  • 33.­15
g.­523

exact knowledge of dharmas

Wylie:
  • chos so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­prati­saṃ­vid

Second of the four kinds of exact knowledge.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­625
g.­524

exact knowledge of eloquent expression

Wylie:
  • spobs pa so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna­prati­saṃ­vid

Fourth of the four kinds of exact knowledge. Eloquent expression here, also translated in the text as “inspired eloquence,” is the means by which the teachings are expressed.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 29.­22
  • g.­625
  • g.­813
g.­525

exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i tshig so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་ཚིག་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ukta­prati­saṃvid

Third of the four kinds of exact knowledge. See also “lexical explanations.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­6
  • 29.­22
  • g.­625
  • g.­898
g.­526

exact knowledge of meanings

Wylie:
  • don so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • artha­prati­saṃvid

First of the four kinds of exact knowledge.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­625
g.­527

exalted

Wylie:
  • mchog tu
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ཏུ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­grata

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 25.­44
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­37
g.­528

excellence

Wylie:
  • phun sum tshogs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­patti

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­21
  • 25.­47-48
  • 33.­29
g.­529

excellently adopted

Wylie:
  • shin tu legs par blangs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤིན་ཏུ་ལེགས་པར་བླངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­samātta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­6
g.­530

exertion

Wylie:
  • spong ba
Tibetan:
  • སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­hāṇa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­9
  • 29.­10
g.­531

exhaustion

Wylie:
  • ngal ba
Tibetan:
  • ངལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • klama

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 20.­6
  • n.­331
g.­532

exhaustion of craving

Wylie:
  • sred pa zad pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲེད་པ་ཟད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tṛṣṇā­kṣaya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­20
g.­533

expanse of nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • mya ngan las ’das pa’i dbyings
Tibetan:
  • མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • nirvāṇa­dhātu

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­40
  • 13.­66
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­35
  • 21.­11
  • 25.­32
  • 26.­8
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­40
  • 28.­49
g.­534

expanse of reality

Wylie:
  • chos kyi dbyings
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dhātu
  • dharma­niyāma­tā

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • i.­94
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­1-4
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­1-2
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 18.­50
  • 19.­33
  • 19.­59
  • 20.­14
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­10
  • 25.­10
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­26
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­72-74
  • 30.­12-16
  • 30.­22-25
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • g.­10
  • g.­11
  • g.­540
  • g.­1611
g.­535

experiencer

Wylie:
  • tshor ba po
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedaka

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 22.­45
  • 25.­12
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
g.­536

experiencing subject

Wylie:
  • tshor bar byed pa po
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བར་བྱེད་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedayitṛka

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 22.­45
  • 25.­12
  • 30.­36
g.­537

explanation

Wylie:
  • bsnyad pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྙད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­khyāta

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­43
  • 31.­69
  • g.­898
g.­538

exposed place

Wylie:
  • bla gab med pa
Tibetan:
  • བླ་གབ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­bhya­vakāśa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­22
  • g.­1594
g.­539

expressible

Wylie:
  • brjod du yod pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྗོད་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­vyāhāra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 13.­63
g.­540

extraneous entity

Wylie:
  • gzhan gyi dngos po
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་གྱི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­bhāva

This term denotes “anything other than the unconditioned expanse of reality” and so forth. Konow (1941), pp. 36–37, translates this term as “being-something-else.” Lamotte (op. cit. p. 1673) suggests “other existence.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­76
  • 1.­80
  • 29.­71
  • n.­49
g.­541

extrasensory power

Wylie:
  • mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­jñā

Located in 24 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­46
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­41-47
  • 11.­11-12
  • 11.­21
  • 16.­13
  • 17.­49
  • 24.­15
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­68
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­58
  • 33.­29
g.­542

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience

Wylie:
  • lha’i rna ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་རྣ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • divya­śrotra­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhijñā

Third of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­43
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­543

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • divya­cakṣur­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhijñā

Second of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­42
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­544

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities

Wylie:
  • bya ba shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ṛddhi­vidhi­jña­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā
  • vidhi­jña­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

First of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40-41
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­545

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds

Wylie:
  • pha rol gyi sems shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་སེམས་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­citta­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Fourth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­44
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­546

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the cessation of contaminants

Wylie:
  • zag pa zad pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āsrava­kṣaya­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Sixth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­46
  • g.­1442
g.­547

extrasensory power realizing knowledge of the recollection of past lives

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi gnas rjes su dran pa shes pa mngon sum du bya ba shes pa’i mngon par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་གནས་རྗེས་སུ་དྲན་པ་ཤེས་པ་མངོན་སུམ་དུ་བྱ་བ་ཤེས་པའི་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrva­nivāsānu­smṛti­jñāna­sākṣāt­kriyā­jñānābhi­jñā

Fifth of the six extrasensory powers.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­13
  • 10.­40
  • 10.­45
  • g.­589
  • g.­1442
g.­548

eye of divine clairvoyance

Wylie:
  • lha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ལྷའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • divya­cakṣuḥ

Second of the five eyes. See 11.­3.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­3
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­549

eye of flesh

Wylie:
  • sha’i mig
Tibetan:
  • ཤའི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • māṃsa­cakṣuḥ

First of the five eyes. See 11.­2.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1-2
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­550

eye of the buddhas

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • buddha­cakṣuḥ

Fifth of the five eyes. See 11.­12.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­551

eye of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­cakṣuḥ

Fourth of the five eyes. See 11.­5.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­5
  • 11.­8
  • 11.­11
  • 15.­28
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 32.­57
  • g.­590
g.­552

eye of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi mig
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་མིག
Sanskrit:
  • prajñā­cakṣuḥ

Third of the five eyes. See 11.­4.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­14
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­4
  • 15.­28
  • g.­590
g.­553

eyes are wide

Wylie:
  • spyan yangs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱན་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • viśāla­nayana­tā

Fifty-third of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­60
  • 29.­53
g.­554

fabricated

Wylie:
  • rnam par bsgrubs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་བསྒྲུབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­ṭhapita

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • 7.­14
  • 13.­18-21
g.­555

face is moonlike

Wylie:
  • zhal zla ba lta bu
Tibetan:
  • ཞལ་ཟླ་བ་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­sadṛśa­mukha­tā

Thirty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­52
  • 29.­49
g.­556

face is without frowns of anger

Wylie:
  • zhal la khro gnyer gyi rim pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞལ་ལ་ཁྲོ་གཉེར་གྱི་རིམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pari­mlāna­salāṭa­tā

Thirty-ninth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­53
  • 29.­49
g.­557

faculties endowed with the knowledge of all things

Wylie:
  • kun shes pa dang ldan pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཤེས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­jñātāvīndriya

Third of the three faculties.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­51
  • 2.­78
  • g.­1503
g.­558

faculties that acquire the knowledge of all things

Wylie:
  • kun shes pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཤེས་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­jñendriya

Second of the three faculties.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­50
  • 2.­78
  • g.­1503
g.­559

faculties that will enable knowledge of all that is unknown

Wylie:
  • mi shes pa kun shes par byed pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • མི་ཤེས་པ་ཀུན་ཤེས་པར་བྱེད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ā­jñātam­ājñāsyāmīndriya

First of the three faculties.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­49
  • 2.­78
  • g.­1503
g.­560

faculty of faith

Wylie:
  • dad pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དད་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • śraddhendriya

First of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­561

faculty of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhyindriya

Fourth of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­562

faculty of perseverance

Wylie:
  • brtson ’grus kyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vīryendriya

Second of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­563

faculty of recollection

Wylie:
  • dran pa’i dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • smṛtyindriya

Third of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­564

faculty of wisdom

Wylie:
  • shes rab kyi dbang po
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • prajñendriya

Fifth of the five faculties.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­23
  • 1.­49-51
  • 8.­32
  • 29.­11
  • 31.­47
  • g.­591
g.­565

false imagination

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­kalpa

Also translated here as “conceptual notion.”

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 30.­5-6
  • 30.­22
  • 30.­24
  • 30.­38
  • g.­250
g.­566

false view

Wylie:
  • lta bar gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭi­kṛta

Also translated here as “opinion.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 11.­6
  • 17.­1
  • 20.­60
  • n.­198
  • n.­345
  • g.­1155
g.­567

false views about perishable composites

Wylie:
  • ’jig tshogs la lta ba
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་ཚོགས་ལ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sat­kāya­dṛṣṭi

First of the three fetters; also third of the five fetters associated with the lower realms, which concerns the superimposition of the notion of self upon the five psycho-physical aggregates.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­51
  • 11.­7-8
  • 25.­43
  • g.­1547
g.­568

far-removed

Wylie:
  • ring du song ba
Tibetan:
  • རིང་དུ་སོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • āratā āramitā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­281
g.­569

fascicle

Wylie:
  • bam po
Tibetan:
  • བམ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalāpa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­11
  • i.­13
g.­570

faultless

Wylie:
  • skyon med pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • acchidra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­6
g.­571

favored

Wylie:
  • yongs su zin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཟིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­gṛhīta

Also translated here as “accepted.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­26-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­34
  • 21.­36
  • 23.­49-51
  • 23.­53-54
  • 23.­58
g.­572

fearful

Wylie:
  • skrag
  • ’jigs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐྲག
  • འཇིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • trasati
  • bhayataḥ

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­3
  • 22.­52-54
  • 25.­6
  • 26.­20
  • 26.­40
  • 26.­42
g.­573

feelings

Wylie:
  • tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vedanā

Seventh of the twelve links of dependent origination. Also translated here as “sensation.”

Located in 301 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 8.­14
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33-34
  • 13.­20-21
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-45
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-17
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­31
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 27.­34-35
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 29.­8
  • 29.­16-17
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­4
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-40
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­24
  • 32.­54
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
  • g.­1373
g.­574

feelings conditioned by sensory contact that is mentally compounded

Wylie:
  • yid kyi ’dus te reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་ཀྱི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • manaḥ­saṃ­sparśa­jāvedanā

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­27
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­18
  • 10.­24
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­11
g.­575

feelings conditioned by sensory contact that is visually compounded

Wylie:
  • mig gi ’dus te reg pa’i rkyen gyis tshor ba
Tibetan:
  • མིག་གི་འདུས་ཏེ་རེག་པའི་རྐྱེན་གྱིས་ཚོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakṣuḥ­saṃsparśa­jā­vedanā

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­27
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­18
  • 10.­24
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­11
g.­576

feet are well positioned

Wylie:
  • zhabs shin tu gnas pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞབས་ཤིན་ཏུ་གནས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­prati­ṣṭhita­pāda­tā

First of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­16
  • 29.­24
g.­577

feet marked with the motif of the wheel

Wylie:
  • mu khyud khor yug dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མུ་ཁྱུད་ཁོར་ཡུག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cakrāṅkita­pāda­tā

Second of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­16
  • 29.­25
g.­578

fetter

Wylie:
  • kun tu sbyor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­yojana

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • 1.­2
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • n.­198
  • n.­420
  • g.­651
g.­579

feudal master

Wylie:
  • bdag po
Tibetan:
  • བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­pati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­31
g.­580

final liberation

Wylie:
  • yongs su grol ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­mocana­tā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­46
g.­581

final nirvāṇa

Wylie:
  • yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­nirvāṇa

Nirvāṇa, the state beyond sorrow, denotes the ultimate attainment of buddhahood, the permanent cessation of all suffering and the afflicted mental states which cause and perpetuate suffering, along with all misapprehension with regard to the nature of emptiness. As such, it is the antithesis of cyclic existence. Three types of nirvāṇa are identified: (1) the residual nirvāṇa where the person is still dependent on conditioned psycho-physical aggregates, (2) the non-residual nirvāṇa where the aggregates have also been consumed within emptiness, and (3) the non-abiding nirvāṇa transcending the extremes of phenomenal existence and quiescence. Final nirvāṇa implies the non-residual attainment.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 9.­2
  • 9.­44
  • 13.­40
  • 15.­32
  • 15.­35
  • 17.­61
  • 19.­24
  • 21.­10-11
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­32
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­8
  • 26.­37
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­84
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­67-70
  • g.­875
  • g.­1103
g.­582

finality of existence

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūta­koṭi

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

This term has three meanings: (1) the ultimate nature, (2) the experience of the ultimate nature, and (3) the quiescent state of a worthy one (arhat) to be avoided by bodhisattvas.

Located in 53 passages in the translation:

  • i.­32
  • i.­79
  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • 9.­35
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­6
  • 13.­22
  • 14.­7
  • 15.­2
  • 19.­33
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28
  • 23.­49-50
  • 23.­53
  • 24.­12-13
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­9-14
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­53
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­36
  • 27.­10
  • 28.­32
  • 29.­72-73
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­52
  • 31.­59
  • 33.­26
  • n.­292
  • g.­1611
g.­583

fingers and toes are compact

Wylie:
  • sor mo rgyas pa
Tibetan:
  • སོར་མོ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • citāṅguli­tā

Ninth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­38
  • 29.­42
g.­584

fingers and toes are tapering

Wylie:
  • sor mo rnams byin gyis phra ba
Tibetan:
  • སོར་མོ་རྣམས་བྱིན་གྱིས་ཕྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­pūrvāṅguli­tā

Eleventh of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­39
  • 29.­42
g.­585

fire element

Wylie:
  • me’i khams
Tibetan:
  • མེའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • agni­dhātu

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­56
  • 5.­12
  • 5.­20
  • 11.­14
  • 14.­5
  • 15.­3-4
  • 15.­12
g.­586

five acquisitive psycho-physical aggregates

Wylie:
  • nye bar len pa’i phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་ལེན་པའི་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcopadāna­skandha

A collective name for the five impure psycho-physical aggregates: (1) physical forms, (2) feelings, (3) perceptions, (4) formative predispositions, and (5) consciousness.

These “acquisitive” psycho-physical aggregates (upadānaskandha, nye bar len pa’i phung po) denote the contaminated aggregates (sāsravaskandha, zag bcas kyi phung po) which emerge through the primary cause of past actions and afflicted mental states, and become the primary cause for subsequent actions and afflictions.

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­31
  • 6.­34-35
  • 6.­38
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­10-11
  • 28.­17
  • 28.­21-22
  • 28.­28
g.­587

five classes of living beings

Wylie:
  • ’gro ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འགྲོ་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­gati

These comprise gods and humans of the higher realms within cyclic existence, along with animals, anguished spirits, and the denizens of the hells, whose abodes are identified with the lower realms.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­45
  • 14.­51
  • 20.­69-70
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­27
  • 30.­46
  • 32.­51
g.­588

five degrees of enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub chen po rnam pa lnga
  • byang chub rnam pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཆེན་པོ་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­bodhi

The term “five degrees of enlightenment” is interpreted by Vi­mukti­sena (Sparham (2006 I): 145) to denote the results, such as entering the stream, that are mentioned in the paragraph that immediately follows the appearance of this term, 14.­46. See also the Extensive Exegesis of the Transcendent Perfection of Discriminative Awareness in One Hundred Thousand Lines, Twenty-five Thousand Lines, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (Śata­sahāsrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikāṣṭā­daśa­sāhasrikā­prajnā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭṭīkā, TPD 55: 1040).

An alternative, though less likely, enumeration is given in A­saṅga’s Yogācāra­bhūmi, volume sha, 162a: (1) essence (ngo bo nyid), (2) power (mthu), (3) skillful means (thabs), (4) engagement (’jug pa), and (5) reversal (ldog pa). See Nordrang Orgyan (2003): 1158.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­45
  • n.­284
g.­589

five extrasensory powers

Wylie:
  • mngon shes lnga
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་ཤེས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcābhi­jñā

They comprise (1) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of [miraculous] activities, (2) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairvoyance, (3) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of divine clairaudience, (4) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of other minds, and (5) the extrasensory power realizing knowledge of recollection of past lives.

(See also notes n.­22 and n.­62).

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­83
  • 9.­36
  • 15.­25-26
  • 17.­2
  • 20.­51
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­4
  • 24.­34
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­1
  • 31.­42
  • n.­22
  • n.­62
  • g.­239
  • g.­1023
g.­590

five eyes

Wylie:
  • mig lnga
Tibetan:
  • མིག་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­cakṣuḥ

These comprise (1) the eye of flesh, (2) the eye of divine clairvoyance, (3) the eye of wisdom, (4) the eye of the sacred doctrine, and (5) the eye of the buddhas. See also 2.­14 and 11.­1.

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­14
  • 3.­47
  • 8.­43
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­1
  • 11.­12
  • 13.­11
  • 15.­28
  • n.­61
  • n.­63
  • n.­193
  • g.­548
  • g.­549
  • g.­550
  • g.­551
  • g.­552
g.­591

five faculties

Wylie:
  • dbang po lnga
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcendriya

The five faculties, as found listed in 1.­23, comprise (1) the faculty of faith, (2) the faculty of perseverance, (3) the faculty of recollection, (4) the faculty of meditative stability, and (5) the faculty of wisdom.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­23
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­19
  • 8.­32
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­6-9
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­11
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • n.­41-42
  • g.­560
  • g.­561
  • g.­562
  • g.­563
  • g.­564
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­592

five false imaginations

Wylie:
  • rnam par rtog pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་རྟོག་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­vikalpa

The five false imaginations are enumerated in The Extensive Exegesis of the Transcendent Perfection of Discriminative Awareness in One Hundred Thousand Lines, Twenty-five Thousand Lines, and Eighteen Thousand Lines (Śata­sahāsrikā­pañca­viṃśati­sāhasrikā-ṣṭādaśa­sāhasrikā­prajnā­pāramitā­bṛhaṭ­ṭīkā, KPD 55: 1217). Therein, the five false imaginations which may confront reversible bodhisattvas are (1) wondering whether they are engaged in the emptiness of the transcendent perfection of wisdom and the transcendent perfection of wisdom (ci shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa’i stong pa nyid/ shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod dam), (2) wondering whether they are exclusively engaged in something other than the transcendent perfection of wisdom (ci shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa las ’ba’ zhig spyod dam), (3) wondering whether they are engaged in the transcendent perfection of wisdom (’on te shes rab kyi pha rol tu phyin pa la spyod dam), (4) wondering whether they are engaged in emptiness (’on te stong pa nyid spyod dam), or (5) wondering whether they are engaged in something other than emptiness (’on te stong pa nyid las gzhan pa zhig spyod dam).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­48
g.­593

five fetters associated with the higher realms

Wylie:
  • gong ma’i cha mthun gyi kun sbyor lnga
Tibetan:
  • གོང་མའི་ཆ་མཐུན་གྱི་ཀུན་སྦྱོར་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • urdhva­bhāgiya­pañca­saṃyojana

As described in 11.­7, they comprise attachment to the world system of form, attachment to the world system of formlessness, fundamental ignorance, pride, and mental agitation. See also n.­197.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­6-8
  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • n.­197
  • g.­125
  • g.­126
  • g.­979
  • g.­1247
g.­594

five fetters associated with the lower realms

Wylie:
  • ’og ma’i cha dang ’thun pa’i kun tu sbyor ba lnga
Tibetan:
  • འོག་མའི་ཆ་དང་འཐུན་པའི་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྦྱོར་བ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcāvara­bhāgīya­saṃ­joyana

The five fetters associated with the lower realms comprise desire, hatred, inertia due to wrong views, attachment to moral and ascetic supremacy, and hesitation. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 2529.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­46
  • 29.­79
  • g.­367
  • g.­567
  • g.­716
  • g.­733
  • g.­1390
g.­595

five hundred dhāraṇī gateways

Wylie:
  • gzungs kyi sgo lnga brgya
Tibetan:
  • གཟུངས་ཀྱི་སྒོ་ལྔ་བརྒྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­śata dhāraṇī­mukha

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
g.­596

five hundred gateways of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi sgo lnga brgya
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྒོ་ལྔ་བརྒྱ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­śata­samādhi­mukha

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
g.­597

five inexpiable crimes

Wylie:
  • mtshams med lnga
Tibetan:
  • མཚམས་མེད་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcānantarīya

The “five inexpiable crimes,” or “crimes with immediate retribution” because they result in immediate rebirth in the hells without any intermediate state, are regarded as the most severe and consequently the most difficult negative actions to overcome by reparation. They are matricide (ma gsod pa), killing an arhat (dgra bcom pa gsod pa), patricide (pha gsod pa), creating a schism in the monastic community (dge ’dun gyi dbyen byas pa), and intentionally wounding a buddha (de bzhin gshegs pa’i sku la ngan sems kyis khrag ’byin pa).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­451
g.­598

five negative actions

Wylie:
  • sdig pa’i las lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྡིག་པའི་ལས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­pāpa­karma

The five negative actions comprise killing, stealing, lying, sexual misconduct, and intoxication. A less likely interpretation would equate this enumeration with the sdig to las lnga, which are listed in Kalyāṇamitra’s Vinaya­vastu­ṭīkā (Toh 4113, ’dul ba, tsu, 196b) as slaying a brahman, slaying a cow, stealing gold, dallying with the wife of a spiritual teacher, and drinking alcohol. See Nordrang Orgyan (2008): 1112.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­28
g.­599

five obscurations

Wylie:
  • sgrib pa lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲིབ་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­nivaraṇa

The five obscurations, as found in 31.­16, comprise longing for sensual pleasure, agitation and regret, harmful intention, dullness and sleepiness, and hesitation. See also Kimura IV: 182.

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­22
  • 31.­16
  • 31.­48
  • g.­60
  • g.­416
  • g.­713
  • g.­733
  • g.­923
  • g.­946
g.­600

five powers

Wylie:
  • stobs lnga
Tibetan:
  • སྟོབས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­bala

As listed in 1.­24, these comprise (1) the power of faith, (2) the power of perseverance, (3) the power of recollection, (4) the power of meditative stability, and (5) the power of wisdom.

Located in 28 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­24
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­20
  • 8.­33
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­35
  • 20.­33
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­12
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1224
  • g.­1225
  • g.­1226
  • g.­1227
  • g.­1228
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­601

five psycho-physical aggregates

Wylie:
  • phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañca­skandha

The ordinary mind-body complex is termed the “five psycho-physical aggregates,” which comprise physical forms, feelings, perceptions, formative predispositions, and consciousness.

For a detailed exposition of the five psycho-physical aggregates in accord with A­saṅga’s Abhi­dharma­samuccaya, see Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 477–531.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-13
  • 1.­38
  • 1.­71
  • 1.­77
  • 2.­77
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­10
  • 6.­35-38
  • 20.­60-64
  • 27.­24
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­32
  • 33.­15
  • g.­48
  • g.­50
  • g.­51
  • g.­54
  • g.­55
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­567
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1104
  • g.­1106
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1263
g.­602

five uncontaminated aggregates

Wylie:
  • zag med phung po lnga
Tibetan:
  • ཟག་མེད་ཕུང་པོ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit:
  • pañcānāsrava­skandha

These are equivalent to the five definitive aggregates.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­321
g.­603

fixated on (become)

Wylie:
  • mngon par zhen
  • mngon par zhen par byed
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན།
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­ni­viśate
  • abhi­ni­veśaṃ karoti

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­50
  • i.­92
  • 2.­85-94
  • 3.­50
  • 8.­4-6
  • 12.­25
  • 12.­28
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­8
  • 29.­83-84
  • 30.­46
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­11
g.­604

fixation

Wylie:
  • mngon par zhen pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་ཞེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­ni­veśa

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­23
  • i.­32-33
  • i.­52
  • i.­72
  • i.­97
  • 1.­10-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­94
  • 3.­1
  • 3.­9
  • 4.­1
  • 9.­41
  • 12.­25-26
  • 14.­27
  • 17.­14
  • 32.­6-7
  • 32.­11
g.­605

flat

Wylie:
  • phya le
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱ་ལེ།
Sanskrit:
  • sama

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 33.­33
g.­606

Focal Point of Enlightenment

Wylie:
  • byang chub kyi snying po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­maṇḍa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni achieved awakening and where every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world this is understood to be located under the Bodhi tree, the Vajrāsana, in present-day Bodhgaya, India. It can also refer to the state of awakening itself.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­33
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­16
  • 27.­18-19
  • 27.­29-30
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­34
  • 32.­47
g.­607

focus on

Wylie:
  • dmigs
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­labhate

Also translated here as “apprehend.”

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­40-41
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43
  • 15.­2
  • n.­292
  • g.­96
g.­608

follower of the doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyi rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmānu­sārin

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 11.­5
g.­609

follower on account of faith

Wylie:
  • dad pas rjes su ’brang ba
Tibetan:
  • དད་པས་རྗེས་སུ་འབྲང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śraddhānu­sārin

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­5
  • 15.­31
g.­610

food

Wylie:
  • bza’ ba
Tibetan:
  • བཟའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhojanīya

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3-5
  • 10.­45
  • 17.­62
  • 24.­18
  • 25.­45
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­45
  • 32.­26
  • 32.­30
  • 33.­62
g.­611

formative predispositions

Wylie:
  • ’du byed
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­skāra

Second of the twelve links of dependent origination. This term denotes the deep-seated predispositions inherited from past actions and experiences, some of which function in association with mind, while others do not. Formative predispositions are critical to the Buddhist understanding of the causal dynamics of karma and conditioning. It is the collection of such countless predispositions by afflicted mental states that constitutes the obscuration of misconceptions concerning the known range of phenomena, the total eradication of which occurs only when full awakening or buddhahood is achieved.

Located in 299 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 1.­13
  • 1.­18-19
  • 1.­70
  • 1.­77
  • 3.­5
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­53
  • 3.­70
  • 3.­87
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­1
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­8
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­15-18
  • 4.­24
  • 4.­28
  • 4.­32
  • 4.­35-36
  • 4.­39
  • 4.­45
  • 4.­48
  • 4.­57
  • 5.­3
  • 5.­14
  • 5.­23
  • 5.­30
  • 5.­41
  • 5.­43
  • 5.­45
  • 5.­47
  • 5.­49
  • 5.­51
  • 5.­53
  • 5.­55
  • 5.­57
  • 5.­59
  • 5.­61
  • 5.­63
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­144-155
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­9
  • 6.­15
  • 6.­26-27
  • 6.­38
  • 6.­40-41
  • 6.­43-47
  • 6.­50
  • 7.­1-3
  • 7.­11
  • 7.­27-29
  • 7.­33-34
  • 7.­36
  • 7.­44
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­12
  • 9.­31
  • 10.­24
  • 10.­26
  • 10.­30-33
  • 11.­14-16
  • 11.­22
  • 11.­26-28
  • 11.­32-34
  • 11.­37
  • 11.­39-40
  • 11.­42
  • 12.­1-2
  • 12.­5
  • 12.­7-8
  • 12.­25-26
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­20
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­3
  • 14.­16
  • 14.­18
  • 14.­27
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­36
  • 14.­38-40
  • 14.­42
  • 14.­44-46
  • 14.­53
  • 14.­56
  • 14.­58
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­3-5
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­18
  • 15.­38
  • 15.­41
  • 15.­49
  • 15.­51
  • 16.­2
  • 16.­10
  • 16.­14
  • 16.­16-17
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­8-9
  • 17.­16-20
  • 17.­22-26
  • 17.­28-34
  • 17.­39-40
  • 18.­4
  • 18.­8-11
  • 18.­13
  • 18.­16-18
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­44
  • 18.­53-54
  • 18.­62-63
  • 18.­66
  • 18.­68
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­2-8
  • 19.­10-12
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­41-45
  • 20.­4
  • 20.­47
  • 20.­51-52
  • 20.­58-59
  • 20.­72-75
  • 21.­3-4
  • 21.­6
  • 21.­8
  • 21.­37-38
  • 22.­2-3
  • 22.­12-13
  • 22.­15
  • 22.­17
  • 22.­19
  • 22.­22-24
  • 22.­35
  • 22.­45
  • 22.­47
  • 22.­56-58
  • 23.­2
  • 23.­8
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­14
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­25
  • 23.­28-30
  • 23.­38
  • 23.­46-47
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­17
  • 25.­2
  • 25.­17
  • 25.­19
  • 25.­26
  • 25.­28
  • 25.­42
  • 26.­39
  • 27.­24
  • 27.­28
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­12-13
  • 28.­26-27
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­36-37
  • 29.­69-70
  • 29.­75
  • 30.­6-7
  • 30.­23-25
  • 30.­32
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38-41
  • 30.­43-47
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­13
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­24
  • g.­586
  • g.­601
g.­612

formless meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārūpya­sam­āpatti

See 1.­32.

Located in 34 passages in the translation:

  • i.­85
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­26
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 11.­6
  • 11.­8
  • 25.­35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­27
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 31.­42-43
g.­613

forty teeth

Wylie:
  • tshems bzhi bcu mnga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚེམས་བཞི་བཅུ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • catvāriṃśad­danta­tā

Twenty-first of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­26
  • 29.­33
g.­614

four [acceptable] norms of behavior

Wylie:
  • spyod lam bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སྤྱོད་ལམ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­īryā­patha

The four acceptable norms of behavior concern posture while walking, standing, sitting, and lying down. See Nordrang Orgyen (2008), 718–719.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­44
g.­615

four applications of mindfulness

Wylie:
  • dran pa nye bar gzhag pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • དྲན་པ་ཉེ་བར་གཞག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuh­̣smṛtyupa­sthāna

The four applications of mindfulness are (1) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the physical body, observes the physical body; (2) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to feelings, observes feelings; (3) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to the mind, observes the mind; and (4) the application of mindfulness which, with regard to phenomena, observes phenomena. In the present sūtra, these can be found listed in 1.­20 and detailed in 8.­13.

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­20
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­80-81
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­16
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­99
  • 6.­11
  • 6.­52
  • 8.­13
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­30
  • 9.­33
  • 10.­6
  • 11.­18
  • 11.­34
  • 13.­17
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­41
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­7
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­60
  • 21.­2
  • 21.­20
  • 23.­26
  • 24.­6
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­56-57
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­30-31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­26
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­7-8
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­26
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­34
  • g.­91
  • g.­92
  • g.­93
  • g.­94
  • g.­95
  • g.­258
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
  • g.­1616
g.­616

four assemblies

Wylie:
  • ’khor bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཁོར་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­pari­ṣad

This denotes the assemblies of fully ordained monks and nuns, along with laymen and laywomen.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 32.­45-46
  • 32.­51
g.­617

four assurances

Wylie:
  • mi ’jigs pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མི་འཇིགས་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­vaiśāradya

The four assurances are proclaimed by the tathāgatas, and can be found listed in 2.­2 and 29.­19 as: (1) “I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood;” (2) “I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased;” (3) “I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles;” (4) “I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease.” (See also n.­56.)

These four are generally known by other names, i.e., the first is the “assurance in the knowledge of all things” (sarva­dharmābhi­sambodhi­vaiśarādya, chos thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the second is the “assurance in the knowledge of the cessation of all contaminants” (sarvāśravakṣaya­jñāna­vaiśarādya, zag pa zad pa thams cad mkhyen pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for his own benefit; the third is the “assurance to declare that phenomena that obstruct the path will not engender any further negative outcomes” (an­antarāyika­dharmān­anyathātva­viniścita­vyākaraṇa­vaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit; and the fourth is the “assurance that the path of renunciation through which all excellent attributes are to be obtained has been just so realized” (sarva­sampad­adhigamāya nairāṇika­pratipat­tathātva­vaiśarādya, bar du gcod pa’i chos rnams gzhan du mi ’gyur bar nges pa’i lung bstan pa la mi ’jigs pa), which the Buddha achieves for others’ benefit.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­5
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­39
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­38
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 20.­40
  • 20.­54
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­21
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­62
  • n.­56
  • g.­751
  • g.­752
  • g.­753
  • g.­754
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­618

four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • bsdu ba’i dngos po bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­saṃgraha­vastu

See 22.­23.

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­23
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­20
  • g.­667
  • g.­714
  • g.­1217
  • g.­1273
g.­619

four bonds

Wylie:
  • sbyor ba bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­yoga

The four bonds, according to Nordrang Orgyan (2008): 808, have eight distinct enumerations, among which they are identified in the commentarial tradition of the Abhi­dharma­kośa with the four torrents, which immediately follow in 6.­52.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­52
g.­620

four continents

Wylie:
  • gling bzhi
Tibetan:
  • གླིང་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­dvīpa

According to traditional Indian cosmology, our human world of “patient endurance” (sahālokadhātu, mi mjed ’jig rten gyi khams) is said to comprise four continents, namely, Pūrva­videha in the east, Jambu­dvīpa in the south, Apara­godānīya in the west, and Uttarakuru in the north. See also n.­196.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 26.­5
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­61
  • n.­196
  • g.­1752
g.­621

four correct exertions

Wylie:
  • yang dag par spong ba bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་སྤོང་བ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­prahā­ṇa

See 1.­21 and 8.­22.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­21
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­17
  • 8.­22
  • 9.­30
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­9
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­622

four formless meditative absorptions

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa’i snyoms par ’jug pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ārūpya­sam­āpatti

As found listed in 1.­32, these comprise (1) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space, (2) the meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness, (3) the meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all, and (4) the meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception.

The four formless absorptions and their fruits are discussed in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 436–438.

Located in 38 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­32
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­26
  • 8.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­34
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • n.­301
  • g.­239
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­970
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1378
g.­623

four immeasurable aspirations

Wylie:
  • tshad med bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­aprameya

As mentioned in 1.­31, these are (1) loving kindness, (2) compassion, (3) empathetic joy, and (4) equanimity. On training in the four immeasurable aspirations, see Padmakara Translation Group (1994): 195–217.

Located in 42 passages in the translation:

  • i.­78
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­31
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­25
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­18
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 25.­7
  • 25.­17
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • g.­239
  • g.­240
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­444
  • g.­506
  • g.­770
  • g.­927
  • g.­1023
g.­624

four kinds of disease

Wylie:
  • nad bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ནད་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­vyādhi

See 24.­41.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­41
  • g.­158
  • g.­234
  • g.­1208
  • g.­1724
g.­625

four kinds of exact knowledge

Wylie:
  • so so yang dag par rig pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catuḥ­prati­saṃvid

These four kinds of exact knowledge‍—the essentials through which the buddhas impart their teachings‍—comprise (1) exact knowledge of meanings, (2) exact knowledge of dharmas, (3) exact knowledge of their language and lexical explanations, and (4) exact knowledge of their eloquent expression. See 2.­6.

On the philological origins of these four kinds of exact knowledge, see Konow (1941): 40, and the reconstructed Sanskrit on p. 107; also Dayal (1932): 259–267, and Sparham (2012 IV): 78–79.

Located in 47 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­6
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­40
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­38
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 20.­40
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­22
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­62
  • g.­523
  • g.­524
  • g.­525
  • g.­526
  • g.­898
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­626

four knots

Wylie:
  • mdud pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • མདུད་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­granthā

The four knots comprise covetousness, malice, moral supremacy, and ascetic supremacy. See Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1379. See 6.­52.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • g.­114
  • g.­320
  • g.­946
  • g.­1391
g.­627

four meditative concentrations

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan bzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­dhyāna

Described at length in 1.­30. See also “meditative concentration.”

The four meditative concentrations and their fruits are specifically examined in Jamgon Kongtrul, TOK Book 6, Pt. 2: 427–436. For Pāli and Sanskrit sources, see Dayal (1932): 225–231.

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­30
  • 2.­75
  • 2.­79
  • 2.­81
  • 2.­83
  • 3.­24
  • 8.­37
  • 10.­6
  • 16.­24
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 19.­53
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­60
  • 24.­22
  • 25.­14
  • 27.­34
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­92
  • 30.­33
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­33
  • 33.­65
  • n.­36
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­239
  • g.­258
  • g.­274
  • g.­973
  • g.­1023
  • g.­1265
g.­628

four misconceptions

Wylie:
  • phyin ci log pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་ལོག་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­viparyāsā

The four misconceptions, as found in 6.­52, comprise holding impurity to be purity, holding non-self to be self, holding suffering to be happiness, and holding impermanence to be permanence. See Negi (1993-2005): 3569 and Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 1748. At 25.­16 they are expressed in slightly dissimilar language, namely: the notion that there is permanence, the notion that there is happiness, the notion that there is a self, and the notion that existence is pleasant.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • 25.­16
  • g.­737
  • g.­738
  • g.­739
  • g.­740
  • g.­1119
  • g.­1120
  • g.­1121
  • g.­1122
g.­629

four modes of birth

Wylie:
  • skye gnas bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་གནས་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­yoni

See 24.­33.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 24.­33
  • g.­160
  • g.­1003
  • g.­1163
  • g.­1696
g.­630

four noble truths

Wylie:
  • ’phags pa’i bden pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ārya­satya

The four noble truths, as listed in 1.­17, comprise (1) the noble truth of suffering, (2) the noble truth of the origin of suffering, (3) the noble truth of the cessation of suffering, and (4) the noble truth of the path. (See also n.­32).

On the twelve aspects pertaining to the four noble truths, see n.­306.

Located in 25 passages in the translation:

  • i.­1
  • i.­92
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­17
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­14
  • 3.­64
  • 3.­81
  • 3.­98
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 4.­22
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­43
  • 24.­11
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­10
  • n.­32
  • n.­306
  • n.­424
  • g.­1065
  • g.­1066
  • g.­1067
  • g.­1068
g.­631

four nourishments

Wylie:
  • zas bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཟས་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­āhāra

The four nourishments comprise the nourishment of food, the nourishment of sensory contact, the nourishment of mentation, and the nourishment of consciousness, the first two of which are directed toward the present life and the last two to the subsequent life. See Negi (1993-2005): 5382 and Zhang Yisun et al (1985): 2457. See 6.­52.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • g.­1123
  • g.­1125
  • g.­1126
  • g.­1127
g.­632

four supports for miraculous ability

Wylie:
  • rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa bzhi
Tibetan:
  • རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catvāra ṛddhi­pādāḥ

The four supports for miraculous ability, as enumerated in 1.­22, comprise (1) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of resolution with the formative force of exertion, (2) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of perseverance with the formative force of exertion, (3) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of mind with the formative force of exertion, and (4) the support for miraculous ability combining the meditative stability of scrutiny with the formative force of exertion.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­22
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­18
  • 8.­27
  • 9.­30
  • 15.­36
  • 20.­32
  • 21.­20
  • 24.­56
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­46
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­10
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­42
  • 32.­22
  • g.­1497
  • g.­1498
  • g.­1499
  • g.­1500
  • g.­1501
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1539
g.­633

four torrents

Wylie:
  • chu bo bzhi
Tibetan:
  • ཆུ་བོ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­ogha

The four torrents, which are to be abandoned, comprise the torrent of fundamental ignorance, the torrent of wrong view, the torrent of rebirth, and the torrent of craving. See Nyima and Dorje (2001): 1075. See 6.­52.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­52
  • g.­321
  • g.­619
  • g.­651
  • g.­1287
  • g.­1766
g.­634

fourteen aspects of emptiness

Wylie:
  • stong pa nyid bcu bzhi
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་པ་ཉིད་བཅུ་བཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­daśa­śūnyatā

These comprise the first fourteen of the eighteen aspects of emptiness, which have been enumerated in 1.­57. See Lamotte: The Treatise on the Great Virtue of Wisdom, IV: 1670.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­62
  • 32.­1
g.­635

free from conceptual elaboration

Wylie:
  • spros bral
Tibetan:
  • སྤྲོས་བྲལ།
Sanskrit:
  • niḥpra­pañca

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­11
g.­636

free from conceptualization

Wylie:
  • mtshan ma ma mchis pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་མ་མ་མཆིས་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­nimitta­saha­gata

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 23.­55
  • 23.­58
g.­637

free from dogmatic assumptions

Wylie:
  • mchog tu ’dzin pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཆོག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­parā­mṛṣṭa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­6
g.­638

Free from Extinction

Wylie:
  • zad pa dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • ཟད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣayāpa­gata

Name of the forty-third meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­639

free from harming

Wylie:
  • rnam par tho ’tsham pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐོ་འཚམ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­heṭhanā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­640

Free from Mentation

Wylie:
  • sems med pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • niś­citta

Name of the thirty-third meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­641

from any quarter

Wylie:
  • gang las kyang
Tibetan:
  • གང་ལས་ཀྱང་།
Sanskrit:
  • kutaścit

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 23.­9
g.­642

frontier tribesmen

Wylie:
  • mtha’ ’khob kyi mi rnams
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་འཁོབ་ཀྱི་མི་རྣམས།
Sanskrit:
  • pratyanta­jana­pada

I.e., those living beyond the pale of civilization, out of reach of the sacred doctrine.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­33
  • 32.­45
  • g.­425
g.­643

fruit of being no longer subject to rebirth

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­gāmī­phala

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­5
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53
  • n.­4
g.­644

fruit of being tied to one more rebirth

Wylie:
  • lan cig phyir ’ong ba’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • ལན་ཅིག་ཕྱིར་འོང་བའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sakṛd­āgāmī­phala

Second of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas.

Located in 41 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­49
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5
  • 15.­53
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­56
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 24.­12
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­33
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­7
  • 33.­55
g.­645

fruit of entering the stream

Wylie:
  • rgyun du zhugs pa’i ’bras bu
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་དུ་ཞུགས་པའི་འབྲས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrota’āpanna­phala

First of the four fruits attainable by śrāvakas, that of the first stage in progressing toward nirvāṇa.

Located in 71 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­49
  • 7.­22
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­55
  • 14.­45-46
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­6
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­27
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­56
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 23.­42
  • 24.­12
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­14
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­33-35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­2-4
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76-77
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­37-38
  • 31.­31-32
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­23
  • 33.­31
  • 33.­44
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­53
  • n.­4
g.­646

fruitional buddha body of reality

Wylie:
  • ’bras bu chos sku
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་བུ་ཆོས་སྐུ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­kāya

Eighth of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­89
g.­647

full attainment

Wylie:
  • yongs su bsdu ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བསྡུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­udāgama

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­37
g.­648

fully ordained monk

Wylie:
  • dge slong
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣu

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity.

In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 7.­23
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 17.­60
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 26.­46
  • 30.­37
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­45
  • 32.­58
  • 33.­71
  • n.­406
  • g.­616
  • g.­1161
  • g.­1509
g.­649

fully ordained nun

Wylie:
  • dge slong ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • bhikṣuṇī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.

For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
  • 32.­45
g.­650

fully satisfied

Wylie:
  • yongs su tshang ba
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་ཚང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­pūrṇa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 33.­6
g.­651

fundamental ignorance

Wylie:
  • ma rig pa
Tibetan:
  • མ་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vidyā

First of the twelve links of dependent origination; first of the four torrents; third of the fetters associated with the higher realms.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • i.­82
  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­35
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­44
  • 4.­48
  • 5.­13
  • 5.­21
  • 5.­28
  • 5.­35
  • 5.­127-138
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­192-204
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­21
  • 12.­24-25
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­13
  • 18.­18
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
  • 25.­47
  • g.­43
  • g.­156
  • g.­593
  • g.­633
  • g.­1596
g.­652

futile

Wylie:
  • don med
Tibetan:
  • དོན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­arthaka

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­38
g.­653

gait is that of a lion

Wylie:
  • seng ge’i stabs su gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེའི་སྟབས་སུ་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vikrānta­gāmi­tā

Forty-second of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­54
  • 29.­50
g.­654

gait is that of a mighty elephant

Wylie:
  • glang po che’i dbang po’i stabs su gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • གླང་པོ་ཆེའི་དབང་པོའི་སྟབས་སུ་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nāga­vikrānta­gāmi­tā

Forty-third of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­55
  • 29.­50
g.­655

gait is that of a swan

Wylie:
  • ngang pa’i stabs su gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • ངང་པའི་སྟབས་སུ་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • haṃsa­vikrānta­gāmi­tā

Forty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­55
  • 29.­50
g.­656

gandharva

Wylie:
  • dri za
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva

Gandharvas (literally “odor eaters”) are generally regarded as a class of menacing divine offspring, but in Abhidharma the term is often used differently‍—as a synonym for the mental body assumed by any sentient being of the world system of desire (kāma­dhātu) during the intermediate state between death and rebirth.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­4
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 33.­71
  • g.­657
g.­657

gandharva castle in the sky

Wylie:
  • dri za’i grong khyer
Tibetan:
  • དྲི་ཟའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit:
  • gandharva­nagara

See “gandharva.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 2.­92
g.­658

Ganges

Wylie:
  • gang gA’i klung
Tibetan:
  • གང་གཱའི་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • gaṅgā

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.

According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.

Located in 50 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­2
  • 10.­21-22
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­15
  • 13.­37
  • 15.­36-37
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­52
  • 17.­54-55
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­2
  • 23.­62
  • 24.­45
  • 24.­47
  • 24.­49
  • 24.­51
  • 24.­53
  • 24.­56
  • 24.­58
  • 24.­60
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­44
  • 26.­48-50
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­17
  • 31.­31
  • 32.­55
  • 32.­57-58
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­46-47
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-60
  • 33.­69
g.­659

garbage collector

Wylie:
  • g.yung po’i khyim
Tibetan:
  • གཡུང་པོའི་ཁྱིམ།
Sanskrit:
  • puṣkasa­kula

Also translated here as “refuse scavenger.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­6
  • g.­1302
g.­660

garland

Wylie:
  • phreng ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • māla

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­44
  • 10.­3
  • 15.­27
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­61
  • 21.­13
  • 27.­7
  • 28.­48
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­28
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­51-52
  • 33.­70
g.­661

garrison commander

Wylie:
  • khams kyi rgyal po
Tibetan:
  • ཁམས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • koṭṭa­rājā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­39
g.­662

garuḍa

Wylie:
  • khyung
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • garuḍa

A mythical bird normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. In Buddhism, the symbolism of the garuḍa is generally‌ associated with gnosis (it is said that the garuḍa can fly as soon as it is hatched) and with the consuming of afflicted mental states (the holding of a snake in its beak).

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 31.­68
g.­663

gateway to liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par thar pa’i sgo
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • vimokṣa­mukha

There are three, namely emptiness as a gateway to liberation, signlessness as a gateway to liberation, and aspirationlessness as a gateway to liberation. Among them, emptiness is characterized as the absence of inherent existence, signlessness as the absence of mental images, and aspirationlessness as the absence of hopes and fears.

Located in 62 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11-12
  • 1.­27-29
  • 2.­78
  • 2.­84
  • 3.­3
  • 3.­6
  • 3.­23
  • 3.­50
  • 3.­66
  • 3.­83
  • 3.­100
  • 3.­103
  • 3.­105
  • 6.­27
  • 7.­18
  • 8.­2
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­30
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­23
  • 10.­35
  • 11.­6-8
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­20
  • 23.­49
  • 24.­56-57
  • 25.­7-8
  • 25.­10-14
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­18
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­41
  • 29.­2-3
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­15
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­1
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­31
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­22
  • n.­35
  • g.­117
  • g.­445
  • g.­1435
  • g.­1503
  • g.­1609
g.­664

gateways of meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin gyi sgo
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­mukha

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­25
  • 11.­28
  • 11.­31
  • 11.­34
  • 13.­16
  • 14.­34
  • 16.­11
  • 29.­7
  • 30.­21
  • n.­21
g.­665

generally

Wylie:
  • phal cher
Tibetan:
  • ཕལ་ཆེར།
Sanskrit:
  • prāyena

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­55
g.­666

generate desire for

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa skyed
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་སྐྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • spṛham karoti
  • janeti

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­3-5
g.­667

generosity

Wylie:
  • sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dāna

First of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva. However, in the context‌ of the transcendent perfections, generosity is the first of the six transcendent perfections.

Located in 52 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • 2.­75
  • 4.­56
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­3-6
  • 9.­9
  • 9.­42
  • 9.­44
  • 9.­46
  • 18.­68
  • 20.­36
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35
  • 22.­23
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­51-52
  • 27.­3
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­4-5
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­84
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­9
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­45
  • 32.­8
  • 32.­26
  • 33.­34-35
  • n.­271
  • g.­1447
g.­668

gentle

Wylie:
  • ’jam pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • snigdha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­76
  • i.­95
  • 24.­1
  • 31.­14
g.­669

genuinely

Wylie:
  • don las
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • arthataḥ

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­13
  • 17.­1
  • 18.­1-2
  • 20.­49
  • 22.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 33.­43
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­56-57
  • 33.­59-60
  • n.­313
g.­670

genuinely perfect buddha

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddha
  • samyak­sam­buddha­tva

The attainment of a buddha, who has gained total freedom from conditioned existence, overcome all tendencies imprinted on the mind as a result of a long association with afflicted mental states, and fully manifested all aspects of buddha body, speech, and mind. Also translated here as “completely perfect buddha.”

Located in 135 passages in the translation:

  • i.­68
  • i.­82
  • 1.­51
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­35
  • 11.­10-11
  • 12.­13
  • 12.­26
  • 13.­5-6
  • 13.­29
  • 13.­31
  • 13.­36-39
  • 14.­22
  • 14.­25
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­48
  • 14.­50
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­27
  • 15.­33-34
  • 15.­40-42
  • 15.­45-46
  • 15.­48
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­13-14
  • 16.­16-18
  • 16.­28
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­2
  • 17.­42
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 18.­27
  • 18.­70
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­20
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­53
  • 19.­58
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­51
  • 20.­55
  • 20.­57
  • 20.­61-65
  • 20.­67-71
  • 21.­3
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­27
  • 21.­38
  • 22.­41
  • 23.­43
  • 24.­31
  • 25.­45
  • 25.­47
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­24-26
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­43
  • 26.­47
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­20
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­48-49
  • 29.­6
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­61
  • 29.­88
  • 29.­90
  • 31.­26-27
  • 31.­31
  • 31.­38
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­62-66
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­5
  • 32.­18
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­42
  • 33.­12-13
  • 33.­18-19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27-28
  • 33.­30-32
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­51
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67-69
  • g.­242
g.­671

genuinely perfect enlightenment

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i byang chub
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­bodhi

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • i.­35
  • i.­54
  • i.­56
  • i.­63-64
  • i.­69-72
  • i.­75-76
  • i.­83
  • i.­94-95
  • 4.­49
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­53-54
  • 18.­56-57
  • 19.­21-22
  • 24.­18
  • 26.­1
  • 28.­33-35
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­41
g.­672

gift of the sacred doctrine

Wylie:
  • chos kyi sbyin pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྦྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­dāna

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­52
  • 24.­54
  • 27.­22
  • 29.­1-2
  • 29.­6-7
  • 29.­37
  • 29.­94
  • 31.­10
g.­673

Gilgit

Wylie:
  • bru sha
Tibetan:
  • བྲུ་ཤ།
Sanskrit:
  • gilgit

In modern NW Pakistan.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­14
g.­674

girth like the banyan tree

Wylie:
  • nya gro dha ltar chu zheng gab pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉ་གྲོ་དྷ་ལྟར་ཆུ་ཞེང་གབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nyagrodha­pari­maṇḍala­tā

Nineteenth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­25
  • 29.­32
g.­675

gnosis

Wylie:
  • ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

This term denotes the modality of buddha mind. Although all sentient beings possess the potential for actualizing gnosis within their mental continuum, the psychological confusions and deluded tendencies which defile the mind obstruct the natural expression of these inherent potentials, making them appear instead as aspects of mundane consciousness.

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • i.­21
  • 2.­8
  • 6.­22
  • 6.­25
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­45
  • 20.­50
  • 20.­54
  • 21.­10
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­54-55
  • 25.­19
  • 27.­17
  • 29.­23
  • 31.­61
  • 32.­48
  • 33.­65
  • n.­321
  • n.­380
  • g.­163
  • g.­267
  • g.­662
  • g.­924
  • g.­1259
g.­676

gnosis of omniscience

Wylie:
  • de bzhin gshegs pa’i thams cad mkhyen pa nyid kyi ye shes
Tibetan:
  • དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་ཐམས་ཅད་མཁྱེན་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • tathā­gata­sarva­jñatā­jñāna

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­48
  • 8.­47
  • 33.­26-27
g.­677

god

Wylie:
  • lha
Tibetan:
  • ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • deva

One of the five or six classes of living beings, specifically engendered and dominated by exaltation, indulgence, and pride. The gods are said to exist in realms higher than that of the human realm within in the world system of desire (kāma­dhātu), and also in the world system of form (rūpa­dhātu).

Located in 188 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 4.­58
  • 6.­23
  • 8.­47-48
  • 9.­37
  • 10.­42-43
  • 11.­3
  • 11.­10
  • 13.­13-14
  • 13.­18-37
  • 13.­39
  • 14.­23
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­9
  • 15.­11
  • 15.­16
  • 16.­16-19
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­26
  • 16.­28-31
  • 17.­3-4
  • 17.­6
  • 17.­12
  • 17.­14
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­51-59
  • 17.­62
  • 18.­68
  • 19.­27-29
  • 19.­34-36
  • 19.­49-52
  • 20.­44-50
  • 20.­52
  • 20.­54
  • 20.­77
  • 21.­9-12
  • 21.­16
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­8-14
  • 23.­22
  • 23.­24-25
  • 23.­31-32
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­45-46
  • 23.­48
  • 23.­51
  • 23.­59-61
  • 24.­18
  • 24.­20
  • 24.­32
  • 24.­35
  • 25.­24
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­49
  • 26.­1-3
  • 26.­5-6
  • 26.­31-32
  • 26.­42-43
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­59-61
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­19-21
  • 29.­74
  • 30.­19-20
  • 30.­26
  • 31.­5
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­25-28
  • 33.­50
  • 33.­65
  • 33.­67
  • 33.­71
  • n.­196
  • n.­301
  • g.­4
  • g.­76
  • g.­84
  • g.­101
  • g.­102
  • g.­185
  • g.­186
  • g.­187
  • g.­188
  • g.­192
  • g.­216
  • g.­587
  • g.­736
  • g.­802
  • g.­934
  • g.­1058
  • g.­1169
  • g.­1171
  • g.­1172
  • g.­1232
  • g.­1264
  • g.­1265
  • g.­1342
  • g.­1483
  • g.­1587
  • g.­1593
  • g.­1770
g.­678

golden

Wylie:
  • gser lta bu
Tibetan:
  • གསེར་ལྟ་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • kanakābha

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­43
  • 17.­60
  • 24.­30
  • 29.­25
g.­679

golden complexion

Wylie:
  • mdog gser lta bu dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • མདོག་གསེར་ལྟ་བུ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­varṇa­varṇa­tā

Fourteenth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­22
  • 29.­31
g.­680

good intention

Wylie:
  • brnag pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྣག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­kalpa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­32
g.­681

Graha­datta

Wylie:
  • gzas byin
Tibetan:
  • གཟས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • graha­datta

Name of a bodhisattva.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • n.­25
g.­682

grasped

Wylie:
  • gzung bar bgyi ba
Tibetan:
  • གཟུང་བར་བགྱི་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ud­grahitavya

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 11.­33
  • 14.­28
  • 19.­46
  • 23.­14-17
  • 23.­22-24
  • 24.­17
  • 28.­38
g.­683

grasping

Wylie:
  • gzung
Tibetan:
  • གཟུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • ud­grahāya carati

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­97
  • 1.­18
  • 4.­48
  • 10.­44
  • 20.­78
  • 28.­11
  • 32.­8
g.­684

grasping

Wylie:
  • len pa
Tibetan:
  • ལེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • upādāna

Ninth of the twelve links of dependent origination.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­18-19
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­13
  • 4.­48
  • 18.­18
  • 20.­78
  • 23.­48
g.­685

grateful

Wylie:
  • byas pa bzo ba
Tibetan:
  • བྱས་པ་བཟོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛta­jña

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­10
  • 20.­55-56
g.­686

great acquisition

Wylie:
  • yongs su bzung ba chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བཟུང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­pari­graha

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­47
g.­687

Great Array [/Ornament]

Wylie:
  • bkod pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • བཀོད་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­vyūha

Name of the 102nd meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­688

great being

Wylie:
  • sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­sattva

See “bodhisattva” and 7.­30–7.­32.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­6
  • 7.­30-31
  • n.­27
g.­689

great benefit

Wylie:
  • don chen po
Tibetan:
  • དོན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahārthika

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­46
  • 33.­66
g.­690

great bodhisattva being

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’ sems dpa’ chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ་སེམས་དཔའ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­mahā­sattva

See “bodhisattva” and 7.­30–7.­32

Located in 786 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­32
  • i.­36
  • i.­42
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­6
  • 1.­11
  • 1.­21
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­73
  • 2.­85-94
  • 3.­2-4
  • 3.­50-51
  • 3.­107
  • 4.­1-2
  • 4.­7
  • 4.­14-15
  • 4.­24-25
  • 4.­27-28
  • 4.­31-32
  • 4.­50-58
  • 5.­1
  • 5.­39
  • 5.­204
  • 6.­3
  • 6.­7-13
  • 6.­17-23
  • 6.­33-34
  • 6.­39-47
  • 6.­49-50
  • 6.­52-53
  • 7.­1-10
  • 7.­14-22
  • 7.­24-29
  • 7.­32
  • 7.­45-46
  • 8.­1-9
  • 8.­12-13
  • 8.­17-22
  • 8.­26-28
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46-54
  • 9.­1-31
  • 9.­35-41
  • 9.­44-47
  • 10.­1-3
  • 10.­5-6
  • 10.­8-9
  • 10.­11-12
  • 10.­14-15
  • 10.­17-18
  • 10.­20-26
  • 10.­29
  • 10.­37
  • 10.­39-46
  • 11.­1-5
  • 11.­8-22
  • 11.­24-25
  • 11.­29
  • 11.­34-35
  • 11.­38-39
  • 11.­41
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­4
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­9-13
  • 12.­15
  • 12.­17-20
  • 12.­23
  • 12.­28
  • 12.­30
  • 13.­12
  • 13.­14-17
  • 13.­33-35
  • 14.­23-26
  • 14.­28
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 14.­44-47
  • 14.­62
  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­6-13
  • 15.­15-16
  • 15.­20-21
  • 15.­25-26
  • 15.­40
  • 15.­42
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­9
  • 16.­13-16
  • 16.­18-19
  • 16.­23-31
  • 17.­4-5
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­15
  • 17.­23-24
  • 17.­34
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­1-2
  • 18.­64-67
  • 18.­69-70
  • 18.­75
  • 19.­2
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­11
  • 19.­14
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­21
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­30-32
  • 19.­34
  • 19.­37
  • 19.­55
  • 19.­65
  • 21.­9-11
  • 21.­16
  • 21.­26-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­6-13
  • 22.­17-44
  • 22.­51-54
  • 22.­56-57
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­48-51
  • 23.­55-56
  • 23.­58-59
  • 23.­61-62
  • 24.­1-3
  • 24.­5
  • 24.­10-11
  • 24.­14-61
  • 25.­1-5
  • 25.­7-26
  • 25.­31-33
  • 25.­35-37
  • 25.­41-44
  • 25.­46-47
  • 25.­50
  • 25.­52-53
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­3-4
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­13-14
  • 26.­16-26
  • 26.­33-36
  • 26.­38-55
  • 26.­57
  • 26.­59-60
  • 27.­1-27
  • 27.­29-33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5-6
  • 28.­8-11
  • 28.­13
  • 28.­15-17
  • 28.­19-24
  • 28.­26-31
  • 28.­34
  • 28.­37
  • 28.­39
  • 28.­42-45
  • 28.­48-50
  • 29.­1
  • 29.­4-10
  • 29.­37-39
  • 29.­60-64
  • 29.­68-72
  • 29.­78
  • 29.­83-87
  • 29.­92-93
  • 30.­1-2
  • 30.­12-14
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­22
  • 30.­25-26
  • 30.­28-32
  • 30.­34
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­39
  • 30.­41-45
  • 30.­47
  • 31.­1-26
  • 31.­28-51
  • 31.­55-69
  • 32.­1-7
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­13
  • 32.­18-34
  • 32.­38
  • 32.­40-48
  • 32.­51-52
  • 32.­54-55
  • 33.­34-35
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­57
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­61-64
  • 33.­71
  • g.­1732
g.­691

great compassion

Wylie:
  • snying rje chen po
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­karuṇā

See 2.­7.

Located in 55 passages in the translation:

  • i.­74
  • i.­84
  • i.­98
  • 1.­11
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­42
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 8.­53
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 20.­41
  • 20.­54
  • 23.­51
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­31
  • 26.­38
  • 27.­9
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­46
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­61-62
  • n.­57
  • g.­1503
g.­692

great leader

Wylie:
  • khyu mchog rlabs po che
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱུ་མཆོག་རླབས་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ārṣabham

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 29.­19
g.­693

great loving kindness

Wylie:
  • byams pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­maitrī

See 2.­7.

Located in 40 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 2.­7
  • 2.­78
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­41
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­41
  • 8.­45
  • 11.­12
  • 15.­6
  • 15.­29
  • 16.­4
  • 16.­18
  • 18.­27
  • 24.­9
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­14
  • 25.­16
  • 25.­31
  • 26.­31
  • 28.­4
  • 28.­41
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­7
  • 29.­22
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­86
  • 29.­93
  • 30.­18
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­19
  • 33.­21
  • 33.­27
  • 33.­62
  • n.­57
  • g.­1503
g.­694

great trichiliocosm

Wylie:
  • stong gsum gyi stong chen po’i ’jig rten gyi khams
Tibetan:
  • སྟོང་གསུམ་གྱི་སྟོང་ཆེན་པོའི་འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit:
  • tri­sāhasra­mahā­sāhasra­loka­dhātu

A series of parallel worlds comprising one thousand dichiliocosms, according to traditional Indian cosmology.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­1-3
  • 11.­2
  • 15.­1-2
  • 15.­37
  • 16.­21
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­51
  • 17.­53
  • 19.­24
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 21.­9
  • 23.­44
  • 25.­44-45
  • 26.­5
  • 28.­19-20
  • 29.­37
  • 31.­46
  • 32.­27
  • 32.­29
  • 32.­31
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­46
g.­695

Great Vehicle

Wylie:
  • theg pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཐེག་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­yāna

When the Buddhist teachings are classified according to their power to lead beings to an enlightened state, a distinction is made between the teachings of the Lesser Vehicle, which emphasizes the individual’s own freedom from cyclic existence as the primary motivation and goal, and those of the Great Vehicle, which emphasizes altruism and has the liberation of all sentient beings as the principal objective. As the term “Great Vehicle” implies, the path followed by bodhisattvas is analogous to a large carriage which can transport a vast number of people to liberation, as compared to a smaller vehicle for the individual practitioner.

Located in 85 passages in the translation:

  • i.­9
  • i.­21-22
  • i.­51-52
  • 9.­13-15
  • 9.­18-19
  • 9.­25-30
  • 9.­35
  • 9.­37-38
  • 9.­41
  • 9.­47
  • 11.­32
  • 12.­32
  • 12.­42
  • 13.­12-34
  • 13.­41-42
  • 13.­44
  • 13.­48-66
  • 14.­1
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­23-25
  • 17.­4
  • 33.­52
  • 33.­63
  • 33.­73
  • n.­380
  • n.­457
  • g.­199
  • g.­493
  • g.­973
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1673
g.­696

greeting

Wylie:
  • phebs par smra ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕེབས་པར་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­bhāṣa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­1
g.­697

ground

Wylie:
  • gzhi
Tibetan:
  • གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • pada

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 1.­8
  • 2.­16
  • 10.­41
  • 23.­30
  • 25.­8-9
  • 29.­24
  • 31.­18
g.­698

ground of training

Wylie:
  • bslab pa’i gzhi
Tibetan:
  • བསླབ་པའི་གཞི།
Sanskrit:
  • śikṣā­pada

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

These basic precepts are five in number for the laity: (1) not killing, (2) not stealing, (3) chastity, (4) not lying, and (5) avoiding intoxicants. For monks, there are three or five more; avoidance of such things as perfumes, makeup, ointments, garlands, high beds, and afternoon meals. (Provisional 84000 definition. New definition forthcoming.)

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­14
g.­699

groundless

Wylie:
  • gzhi ma mchis pa
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • apada

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 23.­30
g.­700

guide

Wylie:
  • yongs su ’dren pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­nāyaka

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • i.­71
  • i.­84
  • 17.­5
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­22
  • 28.­50
g.­701

habitual ideas of duality

Wylie:
  • gnyis kun tu rgyu ba
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dvaya­sam­ud­ācāra

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­73
  • 23.­9
g.­702

hair of their heads is bluish black, soft, and long

Wylie:
  • dbu skra mthon ting la ’jam zhing ring ba
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་སྐྲ་མཐོན་ཏིང་ལ་འཇམ་ཞིང་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­nīla­ślakṣṇa­cita­keśa­tā

Seventy-second of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­69
  • 29.­57
g.­703

hair of their heads is not dishevelled

Wylie:
  • dbu skra ma ’dzings pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་སྐྲ་མ་འཛིངས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṃ­luṭhita­keśa­tā

Seventy-fifth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­70
  • 29.­58
g.­704

hair of their heads is untangled

Wylie:
  • dbu skra ma ’khrugs pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་སྐྲ་མ་འཁྲུགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­paruṣa­keśa­tā

Seventy-third of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­71
  • 29.­58
g.­705

hair ringlet that grows between his eyebrows

Wylie:
  • mdzod spu smin mtshams su ’khrungs
Tibetan:
  • མཛོད་སྤུ་སྨིན་མཚམས་སུ་འཁྲུངས།
Sanskrit:
  • ūrṇāṅkhita­mukha­tā

Thirty-first or thirty-second of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­31
  • 29.­36
g.­706

hairs of their heads point upwards, finely and curling into locks

Wylie:
  • dbu skra gyen du phyogs shing bzang la lcang lor ’khyil ba
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་སྐྲ་གྱེན་དུ་ཕྱོགས་ཤིང་བཟང་ལ་ལྕང་ལོར་འཁྱིལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • ud­vartita­su­kuñcita­keśa­tā

Seventy-fourth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­70
  • 29.­58
g.­707

hairs that grow finely and distinctly, curling to the right

Wylie:
  • spu re re nas mdzes par skyes shing g.yas su ’khyil pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤུ་རེ་རེ་ནས་མཛེས་པར་སྐྱེས་ཤིང་གཡས་སུ་འཁྱིལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ekaika­pradakṣināvarta­roma­tā

Eleventh of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­21
  • 29.­29
g.­708

hands and feet are tender and soft

Wylie:
  • phyag dang zhabs ’jam zhing gzhon sha chags pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་འཇམ་ཞིང་གཞོན་ཤ་ཆགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛdu­taruṇa­hasta­pāda­tā

Third of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17
  • 29.­25
g.­709

hands and feet are utterly pure

Wylie:
  • phyag dang zhabs yongs su dag pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pari­śuddha­pāṇi­pāda­tā

Sixty-second of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­64
  • 29.­55
g.­710

hands and feet that are webbed

Wylie:
  • phyag dang zhabs dra ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་དྲ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jāla­hasta­pāda­tā

Fifth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­18
  • 29.­26
g.­711

happiness

Wylie:
  • bde ba
Tibetan:
  • བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • sukha

Also translated here as “bliss.”

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­53
  • i.­59-60
  • i.­71
  • 2.­2-5
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­16
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­44-45
  • 5.­68-69
  • 5.­92-93
  • 5.­117
  • 5.­129
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­146
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­194
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­45
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 12.­33
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 16.­20
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­55
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­9
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­19
  • 29.­19
  • 30.­39
  • g.­164
  • g.­990
g.­712

Hari­bhadra

Wylie:
  • seng ge bzang po
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • hari­bhadra

Indian commentator (fl. late eighth century).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­18
  • n.­20
g.­713

harmful intention

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭa­citta
  • vyāpāda

Second of the five obscurations. Also translated here as “malice.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
  • g.­946
g.­714

harmony

Wylie:
  • don ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāna­vihāra

Fourth of the four attractive qualities of a bodhisattva.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 22.­23
  • 29.­39
g.­715

harsh word

Wylie:
  • tshig ngan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚིག་ངན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • paruṣa­vāk

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­11-12
  • 28.­49
g.­716

hatred

Wylie:
  • zhe sdang
Tibetan:
  • ཞེ་སྡང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dveśa

Second of the five fetters associated with the lower realms; one of the three poisons (dug gsum) which, along with desire and delusion, perpetuate the sufferings of cyclic existence. In its subtle manifestation as aversion it obstructs the correct perception of forms, and in its extreme manifestation as hatred and fear, it is characteristic of the hells.

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­46
  • 4.­52
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 10.­44
  • 12.­26
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­37
  • 18.­17
  • 20.­16
  • 22.­42
  • 22.­52
  • 24.­41
  • 25.­42
  • 27.­23
  • 28.­27
  • 31.­37
  • 32.­37
  • g.­361
  • g.­594
  • g.­1551
g.­717

have a modality of disassociation

Wylie:
  • ’dre ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • འདྲེ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­yogāviyogāśleṣāviśleṣa­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­28
g.­718

have a modality that does not arise

Wylie:
  • ma ’ongs pa’i tshul can
Tibetan:
  • མ་འོངས་པའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • an­āgata­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­27
g.­719

have a modality that is neither diminished nor enhanced

Wylie:
  • dbri ba med pa dang bsnan pa med pa’i tshul can
Tibetan:
  • དབྲི་བ་མེད་པ་དང་བསྣན་པ་མེད་པའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ud­dhāra­pratyud­dhāra­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­27
g.­720

have a modality that is neither to be adopted nor to be forsaken

Wylie:
  • blang du med pa dang dor du med pa’i tshul can
Tibetan:
  • བླང་དུ་མེད་པ་དང་དོར་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • anāyūha­niryūha­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­27
g.­721

have a view

Wylie:
  • lta bar ’gyur
Tibetan:
  • ལྟ་བར་འགྱུར།
Sanskrit:
  • dṛṣṭir­bhavati

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­27
  • 7.­29
g.­722

have contempt

Wylie:
  • khyad du gsod
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱད་དུ་གསོད།
Sanskrit:
  • ava­manyate

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­46
g.­723

have the modality of space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’i tshul can
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའི་ཚུལ་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśa­gatika

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 22.­23
g.­724

having aspiration

Wylie:
  • smon pa yod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྨོན་པ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­ṇihita

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­3
  • 4.­17
  • 4.­19-21
  • 5.­52-53
  • 5.­76-77
  • 5.­100-101
  • 5.­121
  • 5.­133
  • 5.­139
  • 5.­150
  • 5.­162
  • 5.­174
  • 5.­186
  • 5.­198
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­59
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­4
  • 19.­9
  • 19.­39
g.­725

having primacy

Wylie:
  • sngon du ’gro
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་དུ་འགྲོ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrvaṃ­gamā bhavati

Also translated here as “precede.”

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­35
  • g.­1238
g.­726

head is [large], similar to a parasol

Wylie:
  • dbu gdugs ’dra ba
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་གདུགས་འདྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrṇottama­māṅga­tā

Forty-fifth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­56
  • 29.­51
g.­727

heard

Wylie:
  • thos pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrūta

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • i.­59
  • 1.­2
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­49
  • 7.­10
  • 13.­48
  • 15.­26
  • 15.­45-48
  • 15.­54
  • 16.­19
  • 16.­21
  • 18.­3
  • 18.­76
  • 21.­9-10
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­15-21
  • 22.­12
  • 24.­24-25
  • 24.­28-29
  • 24.­42-43
  • 25.­46
  • 28.­20
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­66
  • 31.­68
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­9
  • 33.­17
  • 33.­66-67
g.­728

heart is excellently adorned with the śrīvatsa motif

Wylie:
  • thugs kar dpal gyi be’us legs par brgyan pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུགས་ཀར་དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུས་ལེགས་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrī­vatsa­vibhuṣitoraska­tā

Seventy-sixth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­58
g.­729

hells

Wylie:
  • dmyal ba
Tibetan:
  • དམྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • naraka

Located in 30 passages in the translation:

  • i.­95
  • i.­99
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 16.­23
  • 16.­29
  • 19.­50
  • 24.­25
  • 24.­32
  • 25.­33
  • 26.­31-32
  • 29.­74
  • 31.­26
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­3-5
  • 33.­8
  • 33.­10
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­20
  • n.­196
  • g.­425
  • g.­587
  • g.­597
  • g.­716
  • g.­1548
  • g.­1549
g.­730

helmsman

Wylie:
  • ded dpon
Tibetan:
  • དེད་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • sārtha­vāha

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­22
g.­731

heretical refutation

Wylie:
  • gzhan las brgal ba
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་ལས་བརྒལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • tīrthyāva­dāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 17.­49
g.­732

Heroic Valour

Wylie:
  • dpa’ bar ’gro ba
Tibetan:
  • དཔའ་བར་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śūraṅ­gama

Name of the first meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­733

hesitation

Wylie:
  • the tshom
Tibetan:
  • ཐེ་ཚོམ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­cikitsā

Fifth of the five obscurations; second of the three fetters; and fifth of the five fetters associated with the lower realms.

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 2.­27
  • 11.­6-8
  • 21.­17-21
  • 25.­41
  • 26.­55
  • 29.­34
  • 31.­11-13
  • 31.­16
  • 31.­56-57
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­66
  • 31.­68-69
  • n.­198
  • g.­594
  • g.­599
  • g.­1547
g.­734

higher aspiration

Wylie:
  • lhag pa’i bsam pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པའི་བསམ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhy­āśaya

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-31
  • 23.­58
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­1-2
g.­735

higher focus

Wylie:
  • lhag par dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྷག་པར་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhy­ālambana

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­2
g.­736

higher realms

Wylie:
  • mtho ris
Tibetan:
  • མཐོ་རིས།
Sanskrit:
  • svarga

The auspicious realms of rebirth comprising the abodes of the gods, the domain of the antigods and the human world.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­35
  • 28.­39
  • 31.­26
  • 33.­7
  • g.­587
  • g.­651
  • g.­1265
g.­737

holding impermanence to be permanence

Wylie:
  • mi rtag pa la rtag par ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་རྟག་པ་ལ་རྟག་པར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nitye nitya­viparyāsā

Fourth of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­738

holding impurity to be purity

Wylie:
  • mi gtsang pa la gtsang bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་གཙང་པ་ལ་གཙང་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­śucau śuci

First of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­739

holding non-self to be self

Wylie:
  • bdag med pa la bdag tu ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • བདག་མེད་པ་ལ་བདག་ཏུ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ātmanyātmā­viparyāsā

Second of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­740

holding suffering to be happiness

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal la bde bar ’dzin pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ལ་བདེ་བར་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhe sukha­viparyāsā

Third of the four misconceptions.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­628
g.­741

hollow

Wylie:
  • gsob
Tibetan:
  • གསོབ།
Sanskrit:
  • riktaka

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­93
  • 26.­53
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­12
g.­742

honor

Wylie:
  • bsti stang du byed pa
Tibetan:
  • བསྟི་སྟང་དུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sat­karoti

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­36
  • 11.­10-11
  • 16.­31
  • 17.­46-48
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­62
  • 20.­55
  • 24.­40
  • 25.­6
  • 28.­17
  • 33.­19
  • 33.­22
  • 33.­27-29
  • 33.­38-39
  • 33.­41-42
  • 33.­49-52
g.­743

householder class

Wylie:
  • khyim bdag gi rigs
Tibetan:
  • ཁྱིམ་བདག་གི་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • gṛha­pati­varṇa

A subdivision of the vaiśya (mercantile) class of traditional Indian society.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­10
  • 16.­25
  • 19.­51-52
  • 28.­7
  • 30.­19
  • 30.­26
  • 33.­65
g.­744

human being

Wylie:
  • shed bu
Tibetan:
  • ཤེད་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • mānava

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17-19
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 8.­47
  • 19.­50
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­29
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­12
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­18
  • 29.­25-27
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­74
  • 30.­36
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­5
  • 33.­23
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­28
  • g.­1265
g.­745

humankind

Wylie:
  • shed las skyes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེད་ལས་སྐྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manuja

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Manu being the archetypal human, the progenitor of humankind, in the Mahā­bhārata, the Purāṇas, and other Indian texts, “child of Manu” (mānava) or “born of Manu” (manuja) is a synonym of “human being” or humanity in general.

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 21.­13
  • 21.­16
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­32
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­29
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­48
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 31.­45
g.­746

hundred billion trillion

Wylie:
  • bye ba khrag khrig ’bum
Tibetan:
  • བྱེ་བ་ཁྲག་ཁྲིག་འབུམ།
Sanskrit:
  • koṭī­niyuta­śata­sahasra

The expression koṭi­niyuta­lakṣa (bye ba khrag khrig ’bum) is equivalent to 10 to the power of 23, i.e., one hundred billion trillion.

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­7
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­8-9
  • 10.­11-20
  • 10.­45
  • 17.­60-61
  • 18.­2
  • 25.­32
  • 27.­17
  • 32.­57
g.­747

husked rice

Wylie:
  • ’bras thug po che
Tibetan:
  • འབྲས་ཐུག་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit:
  • taṇḍula

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­748

hypocrisy

Wylie:
  • ’chab pa
Tibetan:
  • འཆབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mrakṣa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • g.­1109
g.­749

“I”

Wylie:
  • bdag
Tibetan:
  • བདག
Sanskrit:
  • ātman

Also translated here as “self.”

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • i.­56
  • i.­70
  • 7.­18
  • 11.­26-28
  • 15.­8
  • 21.­33
  • 21.­35
  • 23.­18
  • 23.­21
  • 28.­37
  • 30.­46
  • g.­1371
g.­750

I am inspired to say

Wylie:
  • bdag spobs lags
Tibetan:
  • བདག་སྤོབས་ལགས།
Sanskrit:
  • mama prati­bhāti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 7.­30
  • 14.­55
g.­751

I claim I am one whose contaminants have ceased

Wylie:
  • nga zag pa zad pa do
Tibetan:
  • ང་ཟག་པ་ཟད་པ་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣīṇāsravasya me prati­jānata

Second of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­3
  • 29.­20
  • g.­617
g.­752

I claim to have attained genuinely perfect buddhahood

Wylie:
  • nga yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas so
Tibetan:
  • ང་ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་སོ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­saṃ­buddhasya me prati­jānata

First of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2
  • 29.­19
  • g.­617
g.­753

I claim to have explained the path through which suffering will genuinely cease

Wylie:
  • ngas sdug bsngal yang dag par zad par ’gyur ba’i lam gang bshad pa
Tibetan:
  • ངས་སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་ཟད་པར་འགྱུར་བའི་ལམ་གང་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyagduḥkha­kṣayāya­prati­padākhyātaḥ

Fourth of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­5
  • 29.­21
  • g.­617
g.­754

I claim to have explained those things which cause obstacles

Wylie:
  • ngas bar du gcod pa’i chos gang dag bshad pa
Tibetan:
  • ངས་བར་དུ་གཅོད་པའི་ཆོས་གང་དག་བཤད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mayāntar­āyikā­dharmākhyātaḥ

Third of the Buddha’s four assurances.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­4
  • 29.­20
  • g.­617
g.­755

idea

Wylie:
  • yongs su rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­kalpa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9
  • 17.­62
g.­756

ideation

Wylie:
  • rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­tarka

Located in 14 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 3.­3-4
  • 3.­8
  • 9.­13
  • 11.­32
  • 20.­4
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • 30.­27
g.­757

Illuminating

Wylie:
  • snang ba byed pa
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­loka­kara

Name of the forty-ninth meditative stability.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­12
  • 18.­28-29
g.­758

Illumination

Wylie:
  • rnam par snang ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vairocana

Name of the thirtieth meditative stability.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­2
  • 12.­12
g.­759

Illuminator

Wylie:
  • snang ba byed pa
Tibetan:
  • སྣང་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā­kara

Name of the thirty-sixth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­760

Illuminator of All Worlds

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten thams cad la ’od byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­loka­prabhā­kara

Name of the 103rd meditative stability; could also be translated “Illuminator in all Respects.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­761

illusion

Wylie:
  • sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Also translated here as “magical display.”

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­45
  • i.­71
  • i.­85
  • 6.­26-29
  • 6.­38
  • 8.­38
  • 10.­8
  • 10.­11
  • 10.­14
  • 10.­17
  • 10.­20
  • 19.­34
  • 26.­10-12
  • 26.­22
  • 27.­5
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­27
  • g.­933
g.­762

imagined

Wylie:
  • brtags pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྟགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kalpita

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­51
  • 13.­18-21
g.­763

imbued with renunciation

Wylie:
  • rnam par spong ba
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྤོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyava­sarga

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­28-31
  • 8.­35
  • 29.­10
g.­764

Imbued with Resonance

Wylie:
  • sgra bsgrags pa la ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲ་བསྒྲགས་པ་ལ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ghoṣa­vatī

Name of the ninety-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­765

imbued with suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal ba
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkhataḥ

Located in 35 passages in the translation:

  • i.­56
  • 5.­158
  • 5.­170
  • 5.­182
  • 5.­194
  • 6.­41-46
  • 7.­2
  • 7.­5-6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­5-6
  • 9.­26
  • 11.­23
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­17
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­9-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­22
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­16
  • 27.­12
g.­766

Immaculate Light

Wylie:
  • ’od dri ma med pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mala­prabhā

Name of the thirty-eighth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­767

immanent

Wylie:
  • tshu rol
Tibetan:
  • ཚུ་རོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • apāra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 33.­33
g.­768

immaterial

Wylie:
  • gzugs med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟུགས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­rūpin

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • i.­53
  • 6.­23-24
  • 12.­32
  • 13.­57
  • 14.­39
  • 14.­54-55
  • g.­201
g.­769

immaturity

Wylie:
  • skyon
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན།
Sanskrit:
  • āma

This term suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍—while “maturity” (niyāma, skyon ma mchis pa) implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41
  • i.­88
  • 8.­1-6
  • 28.­25
  • g.­959
g.­770

immeasurable aspiration

Wylie:
  • tshad med
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • aprameya

See “four immeasurable aspirations.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 3.­25
  • 8.­8
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­15
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 25.­34-35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­20
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­86
  • 31.­43
g.­771

imperishable

Wylie:
  • ’grib pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • འགྲིབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avyaya

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­39-43
  • n.­282-283
g.­772

impermanent

Wylie:
  • mi rtag pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་རྟག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­nityataḥ
  • a­nitya

Located in 74 passages in the translation:

  • i.­33
  • i.­37-38
  • i.­41
  • i.­52
  • i.­56
  • 1.­39
  • 3.­3
  • 4.­15
  • 4.­19-23
  • 5.­42-43
  • 5.­66-67
  • 5.­90-91
  • 5.­115-116
  • 5.­128
  • 5.­139-143
  • 5.­145
  • 5.­157
  • 5.­169
  • 5.­181
  • 5.­193
  • 6.­40
  • 6.­42-46
  • 7.­1
  • 7.­4
  • 7.­6
  • 7.­23-24
  • 8.­4
  • 8.­6
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­26
  • 9.­42
  • 11.­22
  • 12.­1
  • 12.­7
  • 13.­18-21
  • 13.­58
  • 14.­15
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­35
  • 15.­3
  • 15.­17-18
  • 19.­3
  • 19.­8-10
  • 19.­38
  • 20.­22
  • 22.­30
  • 25.­16
  • 29.­15
  • 32.­37
g.­773

imperturbability

Wylie:
  • ’khrug pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • འཁྲུག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • akopa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 20.­53
g.­774

impinge upon (to)

Wylie:
  • glags
Tibetan:
  • གླགས།
Sanskrit:
  • avatāra

(in the expressions ava­tāra na labhate, glags mi rnyed, “no opportunity for … to impinge upon …”).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­19-20
g.­775

in a non-abiding manner

Wylie:
  • mi gnas pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan:
  • མི་གནས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­sthāna­yogena

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 29.­70
  • 32.­11
g.­776

in addition

Wylie:
  • phyir zhing
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • bhūyaḥ

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­55
  • 9.­36
  • 22.­53
  • 28.­18
  • 29.­18
  • 31.­31-33
  • 33.­1
  • 33.­38
  • n.­4
  • n.­139
  • n.­207
g.­777

in an apprehending manner

Wylie:
  • dmigs pa’i tshul du
  • dmigs pa’i tshul gyis
Tibetan:
  • དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་དུ།
  • དམིགས་པའི་ཚུལ་གྱིས།
Sanskrit:
  • upa­lambha­yogena

The expression “in an apprehending manner” implies that ordinary persons perceive phenomena as inherently exisiting, whereas bodhisattvas are said to act and teach “without apprehending anything.” On the latter term, see respective glossary entry.

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 7.­11-12
  • 7.­23-24
  • 7.­28
  • 15.­21
  • 15.­23-26
  • 15.­30-31
  • 15.­34-37
  • 17.­11
  • 25.­17
g.­778

in conformity with

Wylie:
  • rjes su ’thun pa
Tibetan:
  • རྗེས་སུ་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ānulomikī

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­2-5
  • 12.­18
  • 13.­39
  • 29.­19
  • 31.­47
  • n.­210
g.­779

in each and every way

Wylie:
  • thams cad kyi thams cad rnam pa thams cad kyi thams cad du
Tibetan:
  • ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarveṇa sarva sarva­thā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 14.­47
g.­780

in synergy with

Wylie:
  • lhan cig tu gnas
Tibetan:
  • ལྷན་ཅིག་ཏུ་གནས།
Sanskrit:
  • vyaharati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 27.­23
g.­781

in the correct manner

Wylie:
  • tshul bzhin du
Tibetan:
  • ཚུལ་བཞིན་དུ།
Sanskrit:
  • yoniśas

Located in 26 passages in the translation:

  • 14.­57
  • 16.­21-23
  • 21.­10
  • 21.­13-16
  • 21.­22-24
  • 25.­46
  • 33.­17
  • 33.­20-22
  • 33.­28-31
  • 33.­38
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­45
  • 33.­54
  • 33.­70
g.­782

in the meantime

Wylie:
  • bar ma dor
Tibetan:
  • བར་མ་དོར།
Sanskrit:
  • a­trāntare

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­3
g.­783

inaction

Wylie:
  • bya ba med pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kriyā

Inaction here implies the mistaken view that, owing to emptiness, engagement in virtous acts is to be avoided.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­45
g.­784

inalienable real nature

Wylie:
  • gzhan ma yin pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • གཞན་མ་ཡིན་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anya­tathā

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • g.­1611
g.­785

inanimate nature of phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos bems po nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་བེམས་པོ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­jaḍa­tā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­3
  • 18.­43
g.­786

inclination to accept

Wylie:
  • bzod la ’dod pa
Tibetan:
  • བཟོད་ལ་འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣamaṇā­rocanā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 6.­44
g.­787

inconceivable

Wylie:
  • bsam gyis mi khyab pa
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­cintya

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­9
  • 17.­31
  • 18.­77
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­49-50
  • 20.­63
  • 20.­66
  • 20.­68
  • 20.­71-78
  • 32.­59
g.­788

inconceivable expanse

Wylie:
  • bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dbyings
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­cintya­dhātu

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 12.­33
  • 13.­4
  • 13.­22
  • 14.­8
  • 19.­33
  • 22.­33
  • 22.­55
  • 23.­10
  • 23.­28
  • 33.­26
g.­789

inconspicuous ankle bones

Wylie:
  • zhabs long mo’i tshigs mi mngon pa
Tibetan:
  • ཞབས་ལོང་མོའི་ཚིགས་མི་མངོན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ucchaṅka­pāda­tā

Seventh of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­19
  • 29.­27
g.­790

incontrovertible real nature

Wylie:
  • phyin ci ma log pa de bzhin nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིན་ཅི་མ་ལོག་པ་དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­paryāsa­tatha­tā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­80
g.­791

increase

Wylie:
  • ’phel ba
Tibetan:
  • འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • vardhamāna

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­45
  • 7.­32
  • 13.­5
  • 13.­45
  • 21.­24
  • 29.­9
  • 31.­21
  • 31.­23
g.­792

indefatigability

Wylie:
  • skyo ba med pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོ་བ་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • a­parikkhedana­tā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 20.­22
g.­793

indefatigability

Wylie:
  • brtson pa mi gtong ba
Tibetan:
  • བརྩོན་པ་མི་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­ni­kṣipta­dhura­tā

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­43
  • 9.­5
  • 9.­8
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­23
  • 9.­40
g.­794

Indestructible Maṇḍala

Wylie:
  • rdo rje’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • རྡོ་རྗེའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • vajra­maṇḍala

Name of the twenty-third meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­795

indigo bark

Wylie:
  • mthing shun
Tibetan:
  • མཐིང་ཤུན།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­72
  • 29.­59
g.­796

indiscernible

Wylie:
  • mi mngon
Tibetan:
  • མི་མངོན།
Sanskrit:
  • na dṛśyate

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­9
g.­797

individual

Wylie:
  • gang zag
Tibetan:
  • གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • pudgala

Also translated as “person” or “personal identity.”

Located in 58 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­40
  • 1.­49-50
  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 10.­44-45
  • 11.­5-8
  • 11.­10
  • 13.­30-31
  • 14.­44
  • 14.­47
  • 16.­27
  • 21.­13-22
  • 21.­24-28
  • 21.­30-32
  • 21.­34-36
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­65
  • 29.­77
  • 30.­36
  • 33.­7-10
  • 33.­12
  • g.­361
  • g.­695
  • g.­1202
  • g.­1203
  • g.­1451
  • g.­1465
g.­798

individual enlightenment

Wylie:
  • rang byang chub
Tibetan:
  • རང་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­bodhi

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • i.­46
  • 4.­49
  • 8.­46
  • 10.­23
  • 12.­40
  • 13.­5
  • 14.­45-46
  • 15.­16
  • 15.­19
  • 15.­53-54
  • 16.­7
  • 16.­11
  • 16.­27
  • 17.­16
  • 18.­56
  • 19.­19
  • 19.­22
  • 19.­26
  • 19.­51-52
  • 19.­57
  • 19.­64
  • 22.­5
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­39
  • 22.­46
  • 23.­17
  • 23.­21
  • 23.­24
  • 23.­27
  • 24.­13
  • 25.­5
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­20
  • 26.­33
  • 27.­14
  • 28.­7
  • 28.­24
  • 28.­33
  • 28.­35
  • 28.­42
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­4
  • 29.­67
  • 29.­74
  • 29.­76
  • 29.­79-80
  • 29.­91
  • 30.­33
  • 30.­38
  • 31.­30-32
  • 31.­39
  • 32.­3
  • 32.­7
  • 32.­10
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­23
  • 32.­44
  • 33.­32
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­55-56
  • n.­4
  • g.­1237
g.­799

individual on a par with

Wylie:
  • mgo mnyam du gang zag
Tibetan:
  • མགོ་མཉམ་དུ་གང་ཟག
Sanskrit:
  • sama­śīrśa­pudgala

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­31
g.­800

indivisible

Wylie:
  • gnyis su dbyer ma mchis
  • gnyis su dbyer med pa
Tibetan:
  • གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མ་མཆིས།
  • གཉིས་སུ་དབྱེར་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­dvaidhī­kāra

Located in 36 passages in the translation:

  • i.­61
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15
  • 17.­40
  • 18.­14-17
  • 18.­20-21
  • 18.­23-25
  • 23.­2-8
  • 23.­34-35
  • 23.­37-42
  • 28.­1
  • 28.­32
  • 30.­13
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­37
  • g.­198
g.­801

indolence

Wylie:
  • le lo
Tibetan:
  • ལེ་ལོ།
Sanskrit:
  • kausīdya

Located in 11 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • i.­95
  • 4.­54
  • 8.­42
  • 8.­51
  • 20.­38
  • 24.­21
  • 25.­42
  • 31.­25
  • 31.­54
  • 32.­22
g.­802

Indra

Wylie:
  • dbang po
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • indra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The lord of the Trāyastriṃśa heaven on the summit of Mount Sumeru. As one of the eight guardians of the directions, Indra guards the eastern quarter. In Buddhist sūtras, he is a disciple of the Buddha and protector of the Dharma and its practitioners. He is often referred to by the epithets Śatakratu, Śakra, and Kauśika.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­16-17
  • 26.­42-43
  • g.­1342
g.­803

Indra­datta

Wylie:
  • dbang pos byin
Tibetan:
  • དབང་པོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit:
  • indra­datta

Name of a bodhisattva.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­804

Inexhaustible Cornucopia

Wylie:
  • rnam pa zad mi shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་ཟད་མི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­kṣayākāra

Name of the ninety-fourth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­805

inexpressible

Wylie:
  • brjod du med pa
Tibetan:
  • བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­pra­vyāhāra

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­57
  • i.­67
  • 13.­63
  • 15.­54
  • 20.­4
g.­806

inferior class

Wylie:
  • rigs ngan du skyes pa dag
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ངན་དུ་སྐྱེས་པ་དག
Sanskrit:
  • nīca­kulān

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­33
  • 31.­6
g.­807

inferior realms of cyclic existence

Wylie:
  • ngan song
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • apāya

Also translated here as “lower realms.”

Located in 17 passages in the translation:

  • i.­99
  • 4.­52
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 22.­22
  • 24.­25
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­44-45
  • 32.­48
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­9-11
  • 33.­61
  • g.­928
g.­808

infinite

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pa
  • mthar thug pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
  • མཐར་ཐུག་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta
  • a­paryanta

Also translated here as “limitless.”

Located in 18 passages in the translation:

  • i.­67
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­33-34
  • 1.­55
  • 20.­1
  • 23.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­33
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­39
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­20
  • 30.­26
  • 33.­37
  • n.­330
  • g.­907
g.­809

inherent existence

Wylie:
  • rang bzhin
Tibetan:
  • རང་བཞིན།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva

This term denotes the ontological status of phenomena, according to which they are attributed with existence in their own right, inherently, in and of themselves, objectively, and independent of any other phenomena such as our conception and labelling. The absence of such an ontological reality is defined as the true nature of reality, emptiness.

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­69
  • 11.­28
  • 18.­75
  • 30.­8
  • 30.­49
  • 32.­6-7
  • n.­51
  • g.­445
  • g.­663
  • g.­1173
  • g.­1372
g.­810

initial engagement

Wylie:
  • dang po ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • དང་པོ་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ādi­prasthāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­62
g.­811

initial setting of the mind on enlightenment

Wylie:
  • sems dang po bskyed pa
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་དང་པོ་བསྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prathama­cittotpāda

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­13
g.­812

inspired

Wylie:
  • dbugs ’phyin pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུགས་འཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ā­śvasta

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­9
  • 7.­30
  • 14.­55-56
  • 26.­3
  • 26.­6
g.­813

inspired eloquence

Wylie:
  • spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­bhāna

Also translated here as “courage.” See also “exact knowledge of eloquent expression.”

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­3
  • 14.­55-56
  • 18.­69
  • n.­298
  • g.­318
  • g.­524
g.­814

inspired eloquence that is distinguished and supramundane

Wylie:
  • ’jig rten thams cad las khyad par du ’phags pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་ཁྱད་པར་དུ་འཕགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sarva­lokābhyudgata-viśiṣṭha­prati­bhāna

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­13-15
g.­815

inspired eloquence that is purposeful

Wylie:
  • don bzang po dang ldan pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • དོན་བཟང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • arthavat­prati­bhāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­13
g.­816

inspired eloquence that is rational

Wylie:
  • rigs pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yukti­prati­bhāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­13
g.­817

inspired eloquence that is unimpeded

Wylie:
  • thogs pa med pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­saṅga­prati­bhāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­13
g.­818

inspired eloquence that is uninterrupted

Wylie:
  • rgyun mi ’chad pa’i spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱུན་མི་འཆད་པའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • anācchedya­prati­bhāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­13
g.­819

inspired eloquence that is well-connected

Wylie:
  • ’brel ba’i spobs pa
Tibetan:
  • འབྲེལ་བའི་སྤོབས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śliṣṭa­prati­bhāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 16.­13
g.­820

instantaneous clear realization

Wylie:
  • skad cig ma gcig gis mngon par rtogs pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཅིག་མ་གཅིག་གིས་མངོན་པར་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • eka­kṣaṇābhi­samaya

Seventh of the eight progressive sections of clear realization.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • i.­27
  • i.­29
  • i.­86
  • n.­412
g.­821

instantaneous wisdom

Wylie:
  • skad cig cig dang ldan pa’i shes rab
Tibetan:
  • སྐད་ཅིག་ཅིག་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit:
  • eka­kṣaṇika­prajñā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­88
  • 28.­16
g.­822

instigator

Wylie:
  • kun nas slong ba po
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་ནས་སློང་བ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sam­ut­thāpaka

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 29.­65
g.­823

instruct sentient beings

Wylie:
  • sems can rnams la rjes su ston par mdzad
Tibetan:
  • སེམས་ཅན་རྣམས་ལ་རྗེས་སུ་སྟོན་པར་མཛད།
Sanskrit:
  • sattvānu­śāsaka­tā

Sixty-seventh of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­67
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­56
g.­824

integrate

Wylie:
  • sbyor bar byed
Tibetan:
  • སྦྱོར་བར་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­syandayati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­25
g.­825

intelligence

Wylie:
  • blo gros
Tibetan:
  • བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit:
  • mati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 14.­28
g.­826

intense inner clarity

Wylie:
  • nang yongs su dang ba
Tibetan:
  • ནང་ཡོངས་སུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhyātma­sampra­sāda

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 9.­13
g.­827

intent

Wylie:
  • mos pa
Tibetan:
  • མོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­mukti
  • adhi­muñcya­māna

Also translated here as “inclination,” “will,” and “volition.”

Located in 12 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­49
  • 11.­33
  • 12.­5
  • 22.­54-56
  • 26.­2
  • 26.­53
  • 28.­42
  • 32.­44
  • n.­292
  • g.­1701
g.­828

intent (be)

Wylie:
  • mos
Tibetan:
  • མོས།
Sanskrit:
  • adhi­mucyate

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­52
  • 12.­5-6
  • 22.­55
  • 26.­53
  • 30.­25
  • 32.­40
  • 32.­42
  • 33.­61
g.­829

interim state

Wylie:
  • bar ma do
Tibetan:
  • བར་མ་དོ།
Sanskrit:
  • antara

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­25-27
  • 21.­30
g.­830

intrinsic entities

Wylie:
  • rang gi dngos po
Tibetan:
  • རང་གི་དངོས་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sva­bhāva

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 29.­71
g.­831

invariably unfound

Wylie:
  • gtan ma mchis pa
Tibetan:
  • གཏན་མ་མཆིས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • atyantatayā na vidyate

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 5.­38
g.­832

investigate

Wylie:
  • so sor brtag
  • yongs su ’dris par bgyi
Tibetan:
  • སོ་སོར་བརྟག
  • ཡོངས་སུ་འདྲིས་པར་བགྱི།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­avekṣate
  • pari­caya­karoti

Also translated here as “determine.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­1
  • 25.­3
  • 25.­5
  • g.­371
g.­833

investigation

Wylie:
  • nye bar rtog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཉེ་བར་རྟོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vyupa­parīkṣaṇā

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­16
  • 14.­26
  • 14.­33
  • 14.­44
g.­834

invincibility

Wylie:
  • thub pa med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཐུབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­jaya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 20.­54
g.­835

involuntary reincarnation

Wylie:
  • nying mtshams sbyor ba
Tibetan:
  • ཉིང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prati­saṃdhi

The rebirth process that is maintained and perpetuated on the basis of past actions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­30-31
  • 29.­4
g.­836

involuntary reincarnation through propensities

Wylie:
  • bag chags dang mtshams sbyor
  • bag chags kyi mtshams sbyor
Tibetan:
  • བག་ཆགས་དང་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
  • བག་ཆགས་ཀྱི་མཚམས་སྦྱོར།
Sanskrit:
  • vāsanānu­saṃdhi

The mundane process of rebirth within cyclic existence, impelled by the propensities of past actions.

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­46
  • 13.­35
  • 15.­34
  • 17.­1
  • 24.­15
  • 28.­19
  • 29.­79
  • 30.­33
  • 32.­47
  • 33.­27
g.­837

irresponsible chatter

Wylie:
  • ngag bkyal ba
Tibetan:
  • ངག་བཀྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­baddha­pralāpa

Seventh of ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 32.­21
  • g.­1109
g.­838

irreversible

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­ni­varta
  • a­vaivartika
  • a­vi­ni­vartanīya

Located in 69 passages in the translation:

  • i.­72
  • i.­84
  • 7.­17
  • 12.­26
  • 22.­50
  • 22.­53
  • 25.­23-24
  • 26.­4
  • 26.­51
  • 31.­1-21
  • 31.­23-26
  • 31.­29
  • 31.­33-37
  • 31.­40-50
  • 31.­55-58
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-67
  • 31.­69-70
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­43
  • 33.­48
  • 33.­59
  • 33.­61
g.­839

irreversible bodhisattva

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa’i byang chub sems dpa’
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའ།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vaivartika­bodhi­sattva

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • s.­1
  • i.­24
  • i.­29
  • i.­39
  • i.­58
  • i.­81
  • i.­95-96
  • 16.­9
  • 25.­23
  • 25.­31
  • 31.­40-41
  • 32.­43
  • 33.­60
  • n.­428
g.­840

irreversible gnosis

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa’i ye shes
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­ni­vartanīya­jñāna

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­24
g.­841

irreversible level

Wylie:
  • phyir mi ldog pa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • a­vi­ni­varta­bhūmi

Located in 15 passages in the translation:

  • i.­79
  • 15.­25
  • 25.­21-22
  • 25.­41
  • 26.­54-57
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­57-58
  • 31.­64
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­58
g.­842

is unconditioned

Wylie:
  • mngon par ’dus ma byed
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་འདུས་མ་བྱེད།
Sanskrit:
  • na saṃ­skaroti

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 18.­75
  • 20.­48
g.­843

island

Wylie:
  • gling
Tibetan:
  • གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • dvīpa

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­19-20
  • 26.­46
g.­844

it is just that

Wylie:
  • de kho nar zad
Tibetan:
  • དེ་ཁོ་ནར་ཟད།
Sanskrit:
  • tāvatyeva

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 19.­20
g.­845

Jambu River

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu chu bo
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་བོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu­nadī

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 15.­1
g.­846

Jambu­dvīpa

Wylie:
  • ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan:
  • འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit:
  • jambu­dvīpa

The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, signifying either the known human world, or sometimes more specifically the Indian subcontinent. The name comes from the jambu (“rose apple” or “black plum”) tree said to grow near Lake Anavatapta in the continent’s northern mountains, considered to be the source of the four great rivers of India.

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­2
  • 19.­60-61
  • 23.­51-52
  • 25.­44
  • 31.­46
  • 32.­57
  • 33.­25
  • 33.­36
  • 33.­44
  • 33.­46
  • 33.­53
  • 33.­55
  • 33.­57-58
  • 33.­60-61
  • n.­196
  • g.­620
g.­847

jealousy

Wylie:
  • phrag dog
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲག་དོག
Sanskrit:
  • īrṣyā

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • g.­1109
g.­848

Jewel Cusp

Wylie:
  • rin chen mtha’ yas
Tibetan:
  • རིན་ཆེན་མཐའ་ཡས།
Sanskrit:
  • ratna­koṭi

Name of the fifty-fifth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­849

Jinamitra

Wylie:
  • rgyal ba bshes gnyen
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱལ་བ་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit:
  • jinamitra

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Tri Songdetsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­15
  • c.­1
g.­850

joints are elegant

Wylie:
  • tshigs mdzes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཚིགས་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • śubha­sandhi­tā

Sixtieth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­63
  • 29.­54
g.­851

joints are extended

Wylie:
  • tshigs ring ba
Tibetan:
  • ཚིགས་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dīrgha­sandhi­tā

Sixty-first of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­64
  • 29.­55
g.­852

joints of their bodies are well articulated

Wylie:
  • sku’i tshigs legs par ’brel pa
Tibetan:
  • སྐུའི་ཚིགས་ལེགས་པར་འབྲེལ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • su­saṃ­baddha­gātra­tā

Seventieth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­68
  • 29.­57
g.­853

joy

Wylie:
  • dga’ ba
Tibetan:
  • དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prīti

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­8
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52
  • 9.­13
  • 21.­24
  • 25.­6
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­35
  • 29.­17
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­1-2
  • 33.­41
g.­854

joy and bliss that arise from meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin las skyes pa’i dga’ ba dang bde ba
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་ལས་སྐྱེས་པའི་དགའ་བ་དང་བདེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi­ja­prīti­sukhā

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 9.­13
g.­855

karma

Wylie:
  • las
Tibetan:
  • ལས།
Sanskrit:
  • karman

The impact of past actions in the present and future. Also translated here as “past action.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 28.­27
  • g.­611
  • g.­1177
g.­856

Kauśika

Wylie:
  • kau shi ka
Tibetan:
  • ཀཽ་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit:
  • kauśika

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

“One who belongs to the Kuśika lineage.” An epithet of the god Śakra, also known as Indra, the king of the gods in the Trāyastriṃśa heaven. In the Ṛgveda, Indra is addressed by the epithet Kauśika, with the implication that he is associated with the descendants of the Kuśika lineage (gotra) as their aiding deity. In later epic and Purāṇic texts, we find the story that Indra took birth as Gādhi Kauśika, the son of Kuśika and one of the Vedic poet-seers, after the Puru king Kuśika had performed austerities for one thousand years to obtain a son equal to Indra who could not be killed by others. In the Pāli Kusajātaka (Jāt V 141–45), the Buddha, in one of his former bodhisattva lives as a Trāyastriṃśa god, takes birth as the future king Kusa upon the request of Indra, who wishes to help the childless king of the Mallas, Okkaka, and his chief queen Sīlavatī. This story is also referred to by Nāgasena in the Milindapañha.

Located in 39 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­2-3
  • 15.­6-9
  • 15.­11-13
  • 15.­15-17
  • 15.­20-21
  • 15.­40
  • 16.­19-20
  • 16.­22
  • 16.­29-31
  • 17.­4-5
  • 17.­7
  • 17.­12-14
  • 18.­68-69
  • 19.­29-34
  • 26.­5
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­9
  • 26.­60
g.­857

Kawa Paltsek

Wylie:
  • ka ba dpal brtsegs
Tibetan:
  • ཀ་བ་དཔལ་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Paltsek (eighth to early ninth century), from the village of Kawa north of Lhasa, was one of Tibet’s preeminent translators. He was one of the first seven Tibetans to be ordained by Śāntarakṣita and is counted as one of Guru Rinpoché’s twenty-five close disciples. In a famous verse by Ngok Lotsawa Loden Sherab, Kawa Paltsek is named along with Chokro Lui Gyaltsen and Zhang (or Nanam) Yeshé Dé as part of a group of translators whose skills were surpassed only by Vairotsana.

He translated works from a wide variety of genres, including sūtra, śāstra, vinaya, and tantra, and was an author himself. Paltsek was also one of the most important editors of the early period, one of nine translators installed by Tri Songdetsen (r. 755–797/800) to supervise the translation of the Tripiṭaka and help catalog translated works for the first two of three imperial catalogs, the Denkarma (ldan kar ma) and the Samyé Chimpuma (bsam yas mchims phu ma). In the colophons of his works, he is often known as Paltsek Rakṣita (rak+Shi ta).

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • n.­15
g.­858

kidney bean

Wylie:
  • mon sran na gu
Tibetan:
  • མོན་སྲན་ན་གུ
Sanskrit:
  • mukuṣṭa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­859

killing of living creatures

Wylie:
  • srog gcod pa
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prāṇātighāta

First of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 24.­1
  • 27.­30
  • 31.­7
  • 32.­21
  • g.­1109
g.­860

kindness

Wylie:
  • snying brtse ba
Tibetan:
  • སྙིང་བརྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­kampā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 20.­54
g.­861

kinnara

Wylie:
  • mi’am ci
Tibetan:
  • མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit:
  • kinnara

A mythical hybrid being with the body of a man and the head of a horse or vice versa.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 31.­68
g.­862

kneecaps are elegant

Wylie:
  • pus mo’i lha nga dag mdzes par gyur pa
Tibetan:
  • པུས་མོའི་ལྷ་ང་དག་མཛེས་པར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • cāru­niṣpanna­jānu­maṇḍala­tā

Third of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­35
  • 29.­40
g.­863

knower

Wylie:
  • shes pa po
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñātṛ

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 10.­26
  • 12.­21
  • 13.­3
  • 14.­44
  • 16.­14
  • 18.­16
  • 18.­59
  • 20.­7
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 23.­11
  • 23.­39
  • 25.­17
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 30.­40
  • 31.­53
g.­864

knowledge

Wylie:
  • shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • jñāna

Also translated as “cognition.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­11
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­32
  • 8.­39
  • 10.­44
  • 20.­40
  • 29.­4
  • n.­349
  • g.­140
  • g.­231
  • g.­361
  • g.­617
  • g.­625
  • g.­875
  • g.­1479
  • g.­1726
g.­865

knowledge of liberation

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol ba’i shes pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mukti­jñāna

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 11.­6-8
g.­866

knowledge of other minds

Wylie:
  • pha rol gyi sems shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་སེམས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • para­citta­jñāna

Third of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­40
g.­867

knowledge of phenomena

Wylie:
  • chos shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • dharma­jñāna

First of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­38
g.­868

knowledge of relative appearances

Wylie:
  • kun rdzob shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་རྫོབ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­vṛti­jñāna

Fourth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­41
g.­869

knowledge of suffering

Wylie:
  • sdug bsngal shes pa
Tibetan:
  • སྡུག་བསྔལ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • duḥkha­jñāna

Fifth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­42
g.­870

knowledge of the cessation of suffering

Wylie:
  • ’gog pa shes pa
Tibetan:
  • འགོག་པ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­rodha­jñāna

Seventh of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­44
g.­871

knowledge of the extinction of contaminants

Wylie:
  • zad par shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཟད་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kṣaya­jñāna

Ninth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­46
g.­872

knowledge of the origin of suffering

Wylie:
  • kun ’byung ba shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཀུན་འབྱུང་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samudaya­jñāna

Sixth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­43
g.­873

knowledge of the path

Wylie:
  • lam shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ལམ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • mārga­jñāna

Eighth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­45
g.­874

knowledge that contaminants will not be regenerated

Wylie:
  • mi skye ba shes pa
Tibetan:
  • མི་སྐྱེ་བ་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­ut­pāda­jñāna

Tenth of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­47
g.­875

knowledge that engages in subtlety

Wylie:
  • phra ba la ’jug pa’i mkhyen pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྲ་བ་ལ་འཇུག་པའི་མཁྱེན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūkṣma­praveśa­jñāna

The various aspects of the knowledge that engages in subtlety of conduct, etc. include the knowledge that engages with subtle transmigration at the time of death, the knowledge that engages with subtle processes of rebirth, and the knowledge that engages with subtle buddha activities‍—emanation, renunciation, manifestly perfect enlightenment, turning the wheel of the sacred doctrine, consecrating the lifespan, passing into final nirvāṇa, and so forth.

(See also n.­23.)

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­5
  • n.­23
g.­876

knowledge that is definitive

Wylie:
  • ji lta ba bzhin shes pa
Tibetan:
  • ཇི་ལྟ་བ་བཞིན་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • yathā­jñāna

Eleventh of the eleven aspects of knowledge.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­11
  • 1.­48
g.­877

krośa

Wylie:
  • rgyang grags
Tibetan:
  • རྒྱང་གྲགས།
Sanskrit:
  • krośa

A distance equivalent to five hundred arm spans.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 21.­29
  • n.­364
g.­878

laboring class

Wylie:
  • dmangs rigs
Tibetan:
  • དམངས་རིགས།
Sanskrit:
  • śūdra­varṇa

Fourth of the four classes of traditional Indian society.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­29
g.­879

lack conviction

Wylie:
  • yid mi ches
Tibetan:
  • ཡིད་མི་ཆེས།
Sanskrit:
  • na śraddha­dhati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­26
g.­880

lack of defining characteristics

Wylie:
  • mtshan nyid med pa
Tibetan:
  • མཚན་ཉིད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • nir­lakṣaṇa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­27
  • i.­87
g.­881

lacking luminosity

Wylie:
  • ’od dang bral ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā­vi­rahita

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 24.­36
g.­882

lamp

Wylie:
  • ’od byed pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • āloka

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • i.­71
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­21
g.­883

Lamp of the Moon [or Immaculate Moon]

Wylie:
  • zla ba’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཟླ་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • candra­vimala candra pra­dīpa

Name of the forty-seventh meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­884

Lamp of the Sun

Wylie:
  • nyi ma’i sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • sūrya­pradīpa

Name of the forty-sixth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­885

language

Wylie:
  • skad
Tibetan:
  • སྐད།
Sanskrit:
  • ruta

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 15.­43
  • 20.­42
  • 31.­69
  • n.­350
  • n.­418
  • g.­1235
g.­886

latent impulse

Wylie:
  • bag la nyal ba
Tibetan:
  • བག་ལ་ཉལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • anu­śaya

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • i.­37
  • i.­42
  • 6.­51
  • 8.­9
  • 31.­17
  • 32.­37
g.­887

layman

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsaka

An unordained male practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 30.­37
  • 32.­45
  • g.­616
g.­888

laywoman

Wylie:
  • dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan:
  • དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • upāsikā

An unordained female practitioner who observes the five vows not to kill, lie, steal, be intoxicated, or commit sexual misconduct.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 4.­55
  • 15.­45
  • 16.­19
  • 20.­78
  • 30.­37
  • 32.­45
  • g.­616
g.­889

lentils

Wylie:
  • sran chung
Tibetan:
  • སྲན་ཆུང་།
Sanskrit:
  • masūra

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­21
g.­890

level of [an arhat’s] spiritual achievement

Wylie:
  • bya ba byas pa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱ་བ་བྱས་པའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • kṛta­kṛtya­bhūmi

Name of the seventh level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • g.­1527
g.­891

level of bright insight

Wylie:
  • dkar po rnam par mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • དཀར་པོ་རྣམ་པར་མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • śukla­vidarśanā­bhūmi

Name of the first level to be acquired by bodhisattvas.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54
  • g.­1527
g.­892

level of buddha nature

Wylie:
  • rigs kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • རིགས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • gotra­bhūmi

Name of the second level attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­28
  • 13.­30
  • 13.­54
  • 27.­14
  • g.­1527
g.­893

level of dispassion

Wylie:
  • ’dod chags dang bral ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་ཆགས་དང་བྲལ་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • vīta­rāga­bhūmi

Name of the sixth level attainable by bodhisattvas, from which point there is no more rebirth. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54
  • g.­1527
g.­894

level of insight

Wylie:
  • mthong ba’i sa
Tibetan:
  • མཐོང་བའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • darśana­bhūmi

Name of the fourth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas, equivalent to entering the stream to nirvāṇa. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54
  • g.­1527
g.­895

level of the bodhisattvas

Wylie:
  • byang chub sems dpa’i sa
Tibetan:
  • བྱང་ཆུབ་སེམས་དཔའི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • bodhi­sattva­bhūmi

Name of the ninth level of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 31.­2
  • g.­1527
g.­896

level of the genuinely perfect buddhas

Wylie:
  • yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­sambuddha­bhūmi

Name of the tenth of the levels of realization attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­9
  • 13.­56
  • g.­1527
g.­897

level of the pratyekabuddhas

Wylie:
  • rang sangs rgyas kyi sa
Tibetan:
  • རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ས།
Sanskrit:
  • praty­eka­buddha­bhūmi

Name of the eighth level attainable by bodhisattvas. See n.­268.

Located in 56 passages in the translation:

  • 8.­1-2
  • 9.­21-22
  • 12.­6
  • 13.­9
  • 13.­54-56
  • 15.­33
  • 21.­23-28
  • 21.­30
  • 21.­34-36
  • 23.­53
  • 25.­8
  • 25.­35
  • 25.­37
  • 26.­18
  • 26.­21-23
  • 26.­26
  • 26.­36-37
  • 27.­4
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­10-11
  • 27.­13
  • 27.­18-19
  • 27.­22-24
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­23-24
  • 30.­21
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­4
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­33
  • 31.­41-42
  • 31.­63
  • 32.­12
  • 33.­20
  • 33.­48
  • g.­1527
g.­898

lexical explanations

Wylie:
  • nges pa’i tshig
Tibetan:
  • ངེས་པའི་ཚིག
Sanskrit:
  • nir­ukta

Lexical explanations here implies the exact knowledge of the primary and derivative definitions and explanations of names and words. It is also the third of the four kinds of exact knowledge, see “exact knowledge of language and lexical explanations.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • g.­525
g.­899

liberated

Wylie:
  • rnam par grol
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­mucyate

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”

Located in 70 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­2
  • 1.­4
  • 3.­52-106
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­44
  • 17.­45
  • 18.­9-11
  • 19.­41
  • 20.­78
  • 21.­33
  • 23.­48
  • 26.­3
  • 30.­46
  • n.­424
g.­900

liberation

Wylie:
  • grol ba
Tibetan:
  • གྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mokṣa

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In its most general sense, this term refers to the state of freedom from suffering and cyclic existence, or saṃsāra, that is the goal of the Buddhist path. More specifically, the term may refer to a category of advanced meditative attainment such as those of the “eight liberations.”

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • i.­24
  • i.­36
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­27
  • 3.­51
  • 6.­22
  • 9.­17
  • 17.­43
  • 20.­35
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­46
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­31
  • 29.­16
  • 29.­69
  • 30.­10
  • 33.­7
  • n.­321
  • g.­663
  • g.­695
g.­901

life

Wylie:
  • gso ba
Tibetan:
  • གསོ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • poṣa

Located in 20 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 10.­45
  • 15.­32
  • 17.­46
  • 17.­48
  • 17.­50
  • 17.­55
  • 25.­43
  • 27.­7
  • 27.­13
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­18
  • 31.­49
  • 31.­65
  • g.­334
  • g.­503
  • g.­631
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1449
  • g.­1493
g.­902

lifespan

Wylie:
  • tshe
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ།
Sanskrit:
  • āyuḥ

Located in 7 passages in the translation:

  • 10.­45
  • 11.­11
  • 15.­36
  • 24.­16
  • 24.­38
  • 24.­44
  • 28.­9
g.­903

light

Wylie:
  • ’od
Tibetan:
  • འོད།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā

Also translated here as “aureole.”

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­60
  • 1.­7
  • 6.­23
  • 10.­2
  • 13.­61
  • 17.­1
  • 17.­57
  • 26.­46
  • g.­134
  • g.­199
g.­904

Lightning Lamp

Wylie:
  • glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan:
  • གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­dyut­pradīpa

Name of the fortieth meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­905

limit of past time

Wylie:
  • sngon gyi mtha’
Tibetan:
  • སྔོན་གྱི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • pūrvānta

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­24-27
  • 14.­14
  • 14.­19
  • 14.­21-22
  • 22.­19
g.­906

limited number of sentient beings

Wylie:
  • nyi tshe ba’i sems can
Tibetan:
  • ཉི་ཚེ་བའི་སེམས་ཅན།
Sanskrit:
  • pradeśika­sattva

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 9.­1-2
g.­907

limitless

Wylie:
  • mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan:
  • མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­anta

Also translated here as “infinite.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • 13.­65-66
  • 14.­24-25
  • 18.­2
  • 23.­10
  • 24.­46
  • g.­808
g.­908

limits of future time

Wylie:
  • phyi ma’i mtha’
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱི་མའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit:
  • anta­rānta

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 30.­41
g.­909

lines of their palms are extended

Wylie:
  • phyag gi ri mo mtho ba dag
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་གི་རི་མོ་མཐོ་བ་དག
Sanskrit:
  • ā­yata­pāṇi­lekha­tā

Thirty-third of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­50
  • 29.­48
g.­910

lines of their palms are unbroken

Wylie:
  • phyag gi ri mo bar ma chad pa
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་གི་རི་མོ་བར་མ་ཆད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • avyava­hita­pāṇi­lekha­tā

Thirty-second of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­49
  • 29.­47
g.­911

links of dependent origination

Wylie:
  • rten cing ’brel bar ’byung ba
Tibetan:
  • རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་བར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • —

See “twelve links of dependent origination.”

Located in 44 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­15
  • 4.­6
  • 4.­23
  • 4.­27
  • 4.­31
  • 4.­38
  • 4.­44
  • 5.­13
  • 5.­22
  • 5.­29
  • 5.­36
  • 5.­127-138
  • 5.­143
  • 5.­192-204
  • 11.­14
  • 11.­17
  • 12.­21
  • 15.­5
  • 15.­13
  • 22.­14
  • 22.­16
g.­912

lion-like cheeks

Wylie:
  • ’gram pa seng ge’i dang ’dra ba
Tibetan:
  • འགྲམ་པ་སེང་གེའི་དང་འདྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­hanu­tā

Twentieth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­25
  • 29.­33
g.­913

Lion’s Play

Wylie:
  • seng ge rnam par rtse ba
Tibetan:
  • སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་རྩེ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • siṃha­vikrīḍita

Name of the 3rd meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­914

lips are red like the balsam fruit

Wylie:
  • sgros bim pa ltar dmar ba
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲོས་བིམ་པ་ལྟར་དམར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • bimba­prati­bimbopamauṣṭha­tā

Twenty-third of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­45
  • 29.­45
g.­915

living being

Wylie:
  • ’byung po
Tibetan:
  • འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • sattva

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­47
  • 14.­29
  • 26.­31
  • 31.­26
  • g.­677
g.­916

living creature

Wylie:
  • skye ba po
  • skyes bu
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱེ་བ་པོ།
  • སྐྱེས་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • jantu
  • prajā

Located in 21 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 7.­25
  • 13.­3
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­48
  • 18.­16
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­19
  • 25.­33
  • 27.­18
  • 27.­30
  • 28.­12
  • 28.­49
  • 29.­65
  • 30.­36
  • 30.­38
  • 31.­7
  • 31.­53
  • 32.­53
g.­917

living organism

Wylie:
  • srog
Tibetan:
  • སྲོག
Sanskrit:
  • jīva

Located in 6 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­4
  • 6.­20
  • 7.­25
  • 18.­16
  • 22.­29
  • 22.­45
g.­918

long and slender tongue

Wylie:
  • ljags ring zhing srab pa
Tibetan:
  • ལྗགས་རིང་ཞིང་སྲབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • pṛthu­tanu­jihva­tā

Twenty-fifth of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­28
  • 29.­34
g.­919

long toes and fingers

Wylie:
  • sor mo ring ba
Tibetan:
  • སོར་མོ་རིང་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • dīrghāṅguli­tā

4th of the thirty-two major marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­17
  • 29.­26
g.­920

long-lived god

Wylie:
  • tshe ring lha
Tibetan:
  • ཚེ་རིང་ལྷ།
Sanskrit:
  • dirghāyuṣka­deva

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 25.­33
  • 25.­35
  • 32.­45
  • g.­425
g.­921

longing

Wylie:
  • ’dun pa’i ’dod chags
Tibetan:
  • འདུན་པའི་འདོད་ཆགས།
Sanskrit:
  • chanda­rāga

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­32
g.­922

longing

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • spṛhanā

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 32.­23
g.­923

longing for sensual pleasure

Wylie:
  • ’dod pa la ’dun pa
Tibetan:
  • འདོད་པ་ལ་འདུན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • kāmacchanda

First of the five obscurations.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 31.­16
  • g.­599
g.­924

lord

Wylie:
  • bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavat

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni.

While the Sanskrit term simply means “fortunate,” “illustrious,” or “revered,” Tibetan hermeneutics defines the term as denoting a teacher or buddha who primordially subdues (bcom) the four demonic forces, possesses (ldan) the six attributes of greatness (che ba’i yon tan drug, viz: lordship, noble form, glory, fame, gnosis, and perseverance), and transcends (’das) all sorrow, without abiding in the extremes of existence and quiescence.

Also translated here as “Blessed One.” (See also n.­19).

Located in 81 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­10
  • 3.­2-3
  • 3.­7-8
  • 3.­52-102
  • 4.­57
  • 7.­27
  • 7.­45
  • 8.­10
  • 14.­24
  • 15.­42
  • 17.­23
  • 17.­35
  • 17.­38
  • 19.­13
  • 19.­35
  • 20.­44
  • 20.­48
  • 23.­45
  • 23.­61
  • 26.­19
  • 29.­62
  • 31.­51
  • 33.­40
  • 33.­62
  • 33.­65
  • n.­19
  • g.­163
  • g.­925
  • g.­1329
g.­925

Lord Buddha

Wylie:
  • sangs rgyas bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan:
  • སངས་རྒྱས་བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit:
  • bhagavān­buddha

Epithet of Buddha Śākyamuni and general way of addressing the enlightened ones. See “Lord” or “Blessed One.” (See also n.­19).

Located in 90 passages in the translation:

  • i.­31-32
  • i.­55
  • i.­99
  • 2.­34
  • 2.­38
  • 2.­43
  • 2.­48
  • 2.­58
  • 2.­63
  • 2.­72
  • 4.­52
  • 4.­57
  • 7.­19
  • 8.­11
  • 8.­48
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­36-37
  • 9.­44
  • 10.­38
  • 10.­40
  • 11.­11
  • 15.­26
  • 16.­13
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­4
  • 17.­48
  • 19.­55
  • 21.­14-15
  • 22.­21
  • 23.­1
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­40
  • 24.­44
  • 24.­60
  • 25.­21
  • 26.­7
  • 26.­44-46
  • 26.­48-54
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­25
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16-17
  • 28.­50
  • 29.­40
  • 29.­42
  • 29.­44
  • 29.­47
  • 29.­52
  • 29.­54
  • 29.­72
  • 30.­40
  • 30.­42
  • 31.­46
  • 31.­55
  • 31.­58
  • 31.­61-62
  • 31.­65
  • 32.­1
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­37
  • 32.­58-59
  • 33.­3
  • 33.­13
  • 33.­18
  • n.­19
  • n.­166
  • n.­373
  • n.­394
  • n.­453
  • n.­465
  • g.­469
  • g.­1179
  • g.­1469
g.­926

lord of the four continents

Wylie:
  • gling bzhi’i bdag po
Tibetan:
  • གླིང་བཞིའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • catur­dvīpa­mahī­pati

See n.­196.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 28.­7
g.­927

loving kindness

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitrī

First of the four immeasurable aspirations.

Located in 23 passages in the translation:

  • i.­59
  • i.­85
  • i.­95
  • 1.­31
  • 2.­7
  • 9.­14
  • 9.­20
  • 16.­20
  • 24.­1
  • 24.­3
  • 24.­20
  • 25.­7
  • 27.­1-2
  • 28.­11
  • 28.­22
  • 29.­23
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 31.­15
  • 31.­30
  • 32.­12
  • g.­623
g.­928

lower realms of existence

Wylie:
  • ngan song
Tibetan:
  • ངན་སོང་།
Sanskrit:
  • apāya

Also translated here as “inferior realms.”

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­98
  • 8.­47-48
  • 10.­42
  • 11.­3
  • 22.­11
  • g.­587
  • g.­807
g.­929

luminosity

Wylie:
  • ’od gsal ba
Tibetan:
  • འོད་གསལ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • pra­bhāsvara

Luminosity refers to the subtlest level of mind, i.e., the fundamental, essential nature of all cognitive events. Though ever present within all sentient beings, this luminosity becomes manifest only when the gross mind has ceased to function. It is said that such a dissolution is experienced by ordinary beings, naturally, at the time of death, but it can also be experientially cultivated through certain meditative practices.

Located in 8 passages in the translation:

  • i.­42
  • 8.­8
  • 13.­37
  • 24.­36
  • 24.­44
  • 28.­20
  • 29.­37
  • g.­4
g.­930

luminosity radiates as they walk

Wylie:
  • ’od kyis gsal bar mdzad cing gshegs pa
Tibetan:
  • འོད་ཀྱིས་གསལ་བར་མཛད་ཅིང་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • prabhā­svara­gāmi­tā

Sixty-fourth of the eighty minor marks.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­65
  • 29.­55
g.­931

lying

Wylie:
  • rdzun du smra ba
Tibetan:
  • རྫུན་དུ་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • mṛṣā­vāda

Fourth of the ten non-virtuous actions.

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 32.­21
  • g.­598
  • g.­1109
g.­932

Madhyamaka

Wylie:
  • dbu ma
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • madhya­maka

Derived from the Sanskrit expression madhyamapratipad, meaning the “Middle Way” between the extremes of eternalism and nihilism, Madhyamaka is one of the most influential among the schools of Indian Buddhist philosophy since it emphasizes the deconstruction of all conceptual elaboration and the realization of emptiness. Various sub-schools evolved in India and Tibet, based on distinctions between relative and ultimate truth, the logical methodologies of reduction ad absurdum and syllogistic reasoning, and views concerning the nature of buddha attributes.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­3
  • n.­173
g.­933

magical display

Wylie:
  • sgyu ma
Tibetan:
  • སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit:
  • māyā

Also translated here as “illusion.”

Located in 27 passages in the translation:

  • i.­58
  • 1.­5
  • 6.­4
  • 10.­27
  • 10.­32
  • 12.­35
  • 16.­1-8
  • 19.­31
  • 20.­11
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­26
  • 22.­55-56
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­2-3
  • 28.­6
  • 28.­30
  • 28.­38
  • g.­761
g.­934

Mahā­brahmā

Wylie:
  • tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­brahmā

Third god realm of form, meaning “great Brahmā.”

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­51
  • 19.­35
  • 19.­52
  • n.­301
  • g.­1265
g.­935

Mahākāśyapa

Wylie:
  • ’od srung chen po
Tibetan:
  • འོད་སྲུང་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākāśyapa

Name of an elder.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­55
  • 16.­9
  • 33.­71
g.­936

Mahākātyāyana

Wylie:
  • kA tyA ya na’i bu chen po
Tibetan:
  • ཀཱ་ཏྱཱ་ཡ་ནའི་བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākātyāyana

Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­9
  • 33.­71
g.­937

Mahākauṣṭhila

Wylie:
  • gsus po che chen po
Tibetan:
  • གསུས་པོ་ཆེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahākauṣṭhila

Name of an elder and senior disciple of Buddha Śākyamuni.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 16.­9
  • 33.­71
g.­938

Mahāsaṅghika order

Wylie:
  • phal chen gyi sde
Tibetan:
  • ཕལ་ཆེན་གྱི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahā­saṅghika

One of the four main monastic orders of Indian Buddhism.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­8
g.­939

mahoraga

Wylie:
  • lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan:
  • ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit:
  • mahoraga

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­52
  • 17.­62
  • 31.­68
g.­940

maintain alertness

Wylie:
  • shes bzhin du spyod
Tibetan:
  • ཤེས་བཞིན་དུ་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­prajāna­cārī bhavati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­18
g.­941

maintain notions

Wylie:
  • ’du shes ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • saṃ­jñā bhavati

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 8.­48
g.­942

Maitreya

Wylie:
  • byams pa
Tibetan:
  • བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • maitreya

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The bodhisattva Maitreya is an important figure in many Buddhist traditions, where he is unanimously regarded as the buddha of the future era. He is said to currently reside in the heaven of Tuṣita, as Śākyamuni’s regent, where he awaits the proper time to take his final rebirth and become the fifth buddha in the Fortunate Eon, reestablishing the Dharma in this world after the teachings of the current buddha have disappeared. Within the Mahāyāna sūtras, Maitreya is elevated to the same status as other central bodhisattvas such as Mañjuśrī and Avalokiteśvara, and his name appears frequently in sūtras, either as the Buddha’s interlocutor or as a teacher of the Dharma. Maitreya literally means “Loving One.” He is also known as Ajita, meaning “Invincible.”

For more information on Maitreya, see, for example, the introduction to Maitreya’s Setting Out (Toh 198).

Located in 9 passages in the translation:

  • i.­19
  • 1.­6
  • 19.­37-38
  • 21.­16
  • 33.­71
  • n.­173
  • n.­446
  • g.­137
g.­943

Majestic

Wylie:
  • gzi brjid yod pa
Tibetan:
  • གཟི་བརྗིད་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • tejo­vatī

Name of the forty-second meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­944

major marks

Wylie:
  • mtshan
Tibetan:
  • མཚན།
Sanskrit:
  • lakṣaṇa

See “thirty-two major marks of a superior man that the tathāgatas possess.”

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 3.­2
  • 24.­39
  • 29.­37
  • g.­330
g.­945

make assumptions

Wylie:
  • rlom sems su byed pa
Tibetan:
  • རློམ་སེམས་སུ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • manyate

Make assumptions about, based on, or on account of something.

Located in 29 passages in the translation:

  • i.­39
  • i.­42
  • i.­47
  • i.­70
  • 7.­10-13
  • 7.­46
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­44-46
  • 8.­49
  • 9.­9
  • 10.­41
  • 10.­43-46
  • 11.­33-34
  • 12.­14
  • 19.­34
  • 21.­32
  • 21.­35
  • 32.­8-10
g.­946

malice

Wylie:
  • gnod sems
Tibetan:
  • གནོད་སེམས།
Sanskrit:
  • duṣṭa­citta
  • vyāpāda

Second of the five obscurations; ninth of the ten non-virtuous actions; second of the four knots. Also translated here as “harmful intention.”

Located in 16 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­76
  • 6.­51
  • 11.­6-8
  • 20.­37
  • 24.­20
  • 27.­8
  • 27.­24
  • 28.­11
  • 29.­79
  • 32.­21
  • n.­347
  • g.­626
  • g.­713
  • g.­1109
g.­947

maṇḍala of the meditative stability of non-appropriation

Wylie:
  • yongs su bzung ba ma mchis pa’i ting nge ’dzin gyi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan:
  • ཡོངས་སུ་བཟུང་བ་མ་མཆིས་པའི་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit:
  • —

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­47
  • 11.­29
g.­948

Manifest Attainment of Modalities

Wylie:
  • rnam pa mngon par bsgrub pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པ་མངོན་པར་བསྒྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • ākārān­abhi­niveśa­nirhāra

Name of the eighty-third meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­949

Manifestly Imperceptible

Wylie:
  • mngon par mi dmigs pa
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་མི་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • an­abhi­lakṣita

Name of the ninety-first meditative stability.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 12.­12
g.­950

manifestly perfect buddhahood

Wylie:
  • mngon par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas pa
  • mngon par rdzogs pa’i ’tshang rgya ba
Tibetan:
  • མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས་པ།
  • མངོན་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་འཚང་རྒྱ་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • abhi­sam­bodhi

Located in 200 passages in the translation:

  • i.­2
  • i.­35
  • i.­39
  • i.­45-46
  • i.­49
  • i.­63
  • i.­65
  • i.­67
  • i.­69
  • i.­73-75
  • i.­79
  • i.­82
  • i.­88
  • i.­94
  • i.­96-98
  • 1.­9-11
  • 1.­81
  • 2.­2
  • 2.­94
  • 4.­52
  • 7.­17-18
  • 7.­21-22
  • 9.­36
  • 10.­3
  • 10.­6
  • 10.­15
  • 10.­21
  • 10.­38-39
  • 10.­46
  • 11.­10
  • 11.­12
  • 12.­6
  • 12.­9-12
  • 14.­46
  • 15.­10
  • 15.­34
  • 15.­40
  • 17.­33
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­74-75
  • 19.­23
  • 19.­25
  • 19.­37-38
  • 19.­65
  • 20.­43
  • 20.­49-56
  • 21.­10-11
  • 21.­24
  • 21.­26
  • 21.­28
  • 21.­31
  • 22.­6
  • 22.­17-18
  • 22.­22
  • 22.­57-58
  • 23.­9
  • 23.­43
  • 23.­50-51
  • 23.­56
  • 23.­58-62
  • 24.­15
  • 24.­18-45
  • 24.­50
  • 24.­55
  • 25.­11-12
  • 25.­15-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­25
  • 25.­40
  • 25.­45
  • 25.­49
  • 25.­52
  • 26.­1
  • 26.­7-8
  • 26.­10-14
  • 26.­16-17
  • 26.­19-20
  • 26.­33
  • 26.­46
  • 26.­56-59
  • 27.­17
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­34
  • 29.­19
  • 29.­87
  • 30.­41
  • 30.­44-45
  • 31.­27
  • 31.­31-33
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­47
  • 31.­60
  • 31.­66
  • 32.­1-2
  • 32.­4-5
  • 32.­12
  • 32.­19
  • 32.­30-33
  • 32.­37-38
  • 32.­47
  • 32.­55
  • 33.­31-32
  • 33.­42
  • 33.­47
  • 33.­50-52
  • 33.­59-61
  • 33.­64
  • 33.­67-69
  • n.­4
  • n.­62
  • g.­170
  • g.­1259
g.­951

Mañjuśrī

Wylie:
  • ’jam dpal
Tibetan:
  • འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit:
  • mañjuśrī

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 1.­6
g.­952

Māra

Wylie:
  • bdud
Tibetan:
  • བདུད།
Sanskrit:
  • māra

Personification of everything that functions as a hindrance to awakening. See also “demonic force.”

Located in 22 passages in the translation:

  • i.­39
  • i.­95
  • 31.­26-33
  • 31.­35
  • 31.­38-39
  • 31.­41
  • 31.­57
  • 31.­59
  • 31.­61
  • 31.­63-64
  • 33.­15
  • 33.­50
  • g.­362
g.­953

market town

Wylie:
  • grong rdal
Tibetan:
  • གྲོང་རྡལ།
Sanskrit:
  • nigama

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 25.­6
g.­954

markings on their palms and soles blaze with splendor

Wylie:
  • phyag dang zhabs kyi mtshan dpal gyis ’bar ba
Tibetan:
  • ཕྱག་དང་ཞབས་ཀྱི་མཚན་དཔལ་གྱིས་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit:
  • śrīyojjvala­pāṇi­pāda­lakṣaṇa­tā

Seventy-seventh of the eighty minor marks.

(See also n.­139).

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 2.­72
  • 29.­59
g.­955

marvelous events

Wylie:
  • rmad du byung ba’i sde
Tibetan:
  • རྨད་དུ་བྱུང་བའི་སྡེ།
Sanskrit:
  • ad­bhuta­dharma

Tenth of the twelve branches of the scriptures.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 33.­17-18
g.­956

mass of foam

Wylie:
  • dbu ba rdos pa
Tibetan:
  • དབུ་བ་རྡོས་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • phena­piṇḍa

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 27.­24
  • 30.­2
g.­957

master

Wylie:
  • slob dpon
Tibetan:
  • སློབ་དཔོན།
Sanskrit:
  • ācārya

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 7.­21
g.­958

maturation of past actions

Wylie:
  • rnam par smin pa
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • vi­pāka

Located in 10 passages in the translation:

  • i.­90
  • 2.­77
  • 13.­50
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­9
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­38
  • 28.­45
  • 28.­48
  • g.­1106
g.­959

maturity

Wylie:
  • skyon ma mchis pa
  • skyon med
Tibetan:
  • སྐྱོན་མ་མཆིས་པ།
  • སྐྱོན་མེད།
Sanskrit:
  • ni­yāma

While “immaturity” (āma, skyon) suggests rawness‍—something that is uncooked, unrefined, and flawed‍— here the term “maturity” implies certitude, refinement, cooking, softening, and flawlessness.

Located in 106 passages in the translation:

  • i.­41-42
  • i.­69
  • i.­74
  • i.­88
  • i.­94-95
  • 8.­1-2
  • 8.­5-8
  • 8.­12-13
  • 8.­21-22
  • 8.­26-27
  • 8.­31-37
  • 8.­39-41
  • 8.­44
  • 8.­46
  • 8.­50
  • 8.­52
  • 8.­54-55
  • 9.­1
  • 9.­12
  • 9.­18
  • 9.­24
  • 9.­28
  • 9.­35-36
  • 9.­47
  • 10.­28
  • 10.­36
  • 10.­38
  • 11.­10-11
  • 11.­24
  • 11.­37
  • 15.­2
  • 15.­25
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­60
  • 18.­67
  • 19.­55
  • 19.­57
  • 21.­24
  • 22.­5
  • 23.­47
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­51
  • 24.­14
  • 24.­25-37
  • 24.­41-45
  • 24.­50
  • 25.­9
  • 25.­31
  • 25.­48
  • 28.­7-8
  • 28.­24-25
  • 29.­67
  • 30.­21
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­41
  • 31.­2
  • 31.­23
  • 31.­37
  • 31.­39
  • 31.­43
  • 31.­57-58
  • 32.­35
  • 32.­46
  • 32.­51
  • 33.­29
  • 33.­48
  • g.­769
g.­960

maturity of the genuine nature

Wylie:
  • yang dag pa nyid skyon med pa
Tibetan:
  • ཡང་དག་པ་ཉིད་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samyak­tva­niyama

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 31.­58
g.­961

maturity with respect to all things

Wylie:
  • chos skyon med pa nyid
Tibetan:
  • ཆོས་སྐྱོན་མེད་པ་ཉིད།
Sanskrit:
  • dharmanyāma­tā

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­80
  • 2.­82
  • 6.­4
  • g.­1611
g.­962

Maudgalyāyana

Wylie:
  • maud gal gyi bu
Tibetan:
  • མཽད་གལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit:
  • maudgalyāyana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

One of the principal śrāvaka disciples of the Buddha, paired with Śāriputra. He was renowned for his miraculous powers. His family clan was descended from Mudgala, hence his name Maudgalyā­yana, “the son of Mudgala’s descendants.” Respectfully referred to as Mahā­maudgalyā­yana, “Great Maudgalyāyana.”

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 4.­55
  • 16.­9
  • 33.­71
g.­963

meaning of the term

Wylie:
  • gzhi’i don
Tibetan:
  • གཞིའི་དོན།
Sanskrit:
  • padārtha

Located in 19 passages in the translation:

  • 6.­3-13
  • 6.­17-24
g.­964

meaningless term

Wylie:
  • gzhi med pa’i don
Tibetan:
  • གཞི་མེད་པའི་དོན།
Sanskrit:
  • a­padārtha

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • i.­36
  • 6.­4
g.­965

means for attainment

Wylie:
  • sgrub thabs
Tibetan:
  • སྒྲུབ་ཐབས།
Sanskrit:
  • sādhana

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

Derived from the Sanskrit verb √sādh, “to accomplish,” the term sādhana most generically refers to any method that brings about the accomplishment of a desired goal. In Buddhist literature, the term is often specifically applied to tantric practices that involve ritual engagement with deities, mantra recitation, the visualized creation and dissolution of deity maṇḍalas, etc. Sādhanas are aimed at both actualizing spiritual attainments (siddhi) and reaching liberation. The Tibetan translation sgrub thabs means “method of accomplishment.”

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • i.­10
g.­966

measure

Wylie:
  • tshad ma mchis par bgyid
Tibetan:
  • ཚད་མ་མཆིས་པར་བགྱིད།
Sanskrit:
  • pramāṇī­karoti

Located in 4 passages in the translation:

  • 17.­21
  • 17.­24
  • 26.­5
  • g.­1453
g.­967

measure with weights

Wylie:
  • srang la gzhal ba’i tshad
Tibetan:
  • སྲང་ལ་གཞལ་བའི་ཚད།
Sanskrit:
  • palāgra­pramāṇa

Located in 1 passage in the translation:

  • 26.­5
g.­968

meditative absorption

Wylie:
  • snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan:
  • སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit:
  • samāpatti

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

The Sanskrit literally means “attainment,” and is used to refer specifically to meditative attainment and to particular meditative states. The Tibetan translators interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which suggests the idea of “equal” or “level”; however, they also parsed it as sam-āpatti, in which case it would have the sense of “concentration” or “absorption,” much like samādhi, but with the added sense of “attainment.”

Located in 13 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­34
  • 1.­54
  • 3.­28
  • 9.­26
  • 20.­36
  • 24.­3
  • 27.­10
  • 29.­83
  • 30.­17
  • 30.­26
  • g.­969
  • g.­971
  • g.­972
g.­969

meditative absorption of neither perception nor non-perception

Wylie:
  • ’du shes med min gyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • འདུ་ཤེས་མེད་མིན་གྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • naiva­saṃjñā­saṃjñāyatana

Fourth of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 2 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • g.­622
g.­970

meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite consciousness

Wylie:
  • rnam shes mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • རྣམ་ཤེས་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • vi­jñānāntyāyatana

Second of the four formless meditative absorptions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • g.­622
g.­971

meditative absorption of the sense field of infinite space

Wylie:
  • nam mkha’ mtha’ yas skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ནམ་མཁའ་མཐའ་ཡས་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • ākāśānantyāyatana

First of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 5 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • 27.­10
  • 30.­17
  • g.­622
g.­972

meditative absorption of the sense field of nothing-at-all

Wylie:
  • ci yang med pa’i skye mched kyi snyoms ’jug
Tibetan:
  • ཅི་ཡང་མེད་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད་ཀྱི་སྙོམས་འཇུག
Sanskrit:
  • a­kiṃ­canyāyatana

Third of the four meditative absorptions.

Located in 3 passages in the translation:

  • 1.­32
  • 24.­3
  • g.­622
g.­973

meditative concentration

Wylie:
  • bsam gtan
Tibetan:
  • བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit:
  • dhyāna

Meditative concentration is defined as the one-pointed abiding in an undistracted state of mind free from afflicted mental states. It is an advanced form of calm abiding, where often both calm abiding and penetrative insight may be present in perfect union. Four states of meditative concentration are identified as being conducive to birth within the world system of form, each of which has three phases of intensity. However, in the context‌ of the Great Vehicle, meditative concentration is the fifth of the six transcendent perfections. See also “four meditative concentrations” and 1.­30.

Located in 93 passages in the translation:

  • i.­26
  • i.­43
  • i.­45
  • i.­85
  • 1.­30
  • 1.­34
  • 1.­52-54
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­24
  • 8.­8
  • 8.­37
  • 9.­10-11
  • 9.­13-18
  • 9.­21-25
  • 9.­40
  • 10.­15
  • 14.­29
  • 14.­59
  • 17.­37
  • 18.­67-69
  • 20.­38
  • 21.­32-35
  • 21.­37
  • 22.­7
  • 22.­36
  • 22.­58
  • 23.­49
  • 23.­53
  • 23.­55
  • 23.­57-58
  • 23.­61
  • 24.­2
  • 24.­22
  • 24.­51-52
  • 25.­34-35
  • 26.­31
  • 27.­10
  • 27.­15
  • 27.­20
  • 27.­22
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­2
  • 28.­5
  • 28.­22
  • 28.­27
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­45
  • 29.­2
  • 29.­17
  • 29.­66
  • 29.­68
  • 29.­83
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­16
  • 30.­26
  • 30.­28
  • 31.­30
  • 31.­42-43
  • 31.­55
  • 32.­9
  • 32.­11
  • 32.­33
  • 32.­45
  • 33.­35
  • n.­47
  • g.­627
  • g.­1447
  • g.­1591
g.­974

meditative stability

Wylie:
  • ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan:
  • ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit:
  • samādhi

A generic name for the one hundred and eleven meditative stabilities enumerated in the present text.

Definition from the 84000 Glossary of Terms:

In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.

In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.

Located in 222 passages in the translation:

  • i.­49
  • i.­85
  • 1.­3
  • 1.­5
  • 1.­56
  • 3.­2
  • 3.­33
  • 6.­22
  • 8.­39
  • 9.­17
  • 9.­19
  • 9.­24
  • 10.­15
  • 11.­6-8
  • 12.­10-17
  • 12.­43
  • 13.­16
  • 14.­44
  • 15.­14
  • 15.­29
  • 15.­36
  • 15.­50
  • 16.­18
  • 17.­43
  • 17.­49
  • 17.­62
  • 23.­54-55
  • 24.­3
  • 24.­7
  • 25.­1
  • 25.­4
  • 25.­12-13
  • 25.­16-18
  • 25.­20
  • 25.­34-35
  • 27.­25
  • 27.­33
  • 27.­35-36
  • 28.­16
  • 28.­21-24
  • 28.­31
  • 28.­39-40
  • 28.­47
  • 29.­10
  • 29.­62
  • 29.­86
  • 30.­26
  • 32.­57
  • n.­21
  • n.­41-42
  • n.­207-209
  • n.­211-212
  • n.­214-222
  • n.­224-228
  • n.­237-239
  • n.­246-254
  • n.­256
  • n.­258
  • n.­321
  • n.­411
  • n.­434
  • n.­439
  • g.­9
  • g.­13
  • g.­17
  • g.­28
  • g.­36
  • g.­89
  • g.­113
  • g.­149
  • g.­166
  • g.­183
  • g.­184
  • g.­193
  • g.­204
  • g.­220
  • g.­241
  • g.­269
  • g.­270
  • g.­292
  • g.­324
  • g.­325
  • g.­326
  • g.­327
  • g.­346
  • g.­372
  • g.­373
  • g.­374
  • g.­393
  • g.­394
  • g.­395
  • g.­396
  • g.­400
  • g.­471
  • g.­474
  • g.­475
  • g.­488
  • g.­489
  • g.­500
  • g.­501
  • g.­505
  • g.­508
  • g.­516